2002 accent manual
TRANSCRIPT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 1/143
D R I V I N G IS B E L I E V I N G
2002
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 2/143
A010A02A-AAT
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLEWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI VEHICLE
o New Vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limited Warranty
o New Vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Limited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only)o Anti-Perforation Limited Warranty
o Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicle
o California Emission Control System Warranty (if applicable)
o Emission Performance Warranty - Federal Vehicle
o Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.Detailed warranty information is provided in your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.
A020A01A-AAT
RESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCERESPONSIBILITY FOR MAINTENANCE
The maintenance requirements for your new Hyundai are found in Section 5. As the
owner, it is your responsibility to see that all maintenance operations specified by the
manufacturer are carried out at the appropriate intervals. When the vehicle is used in
severe driving conditions, more frequent maintenance is required for some operations.
Maintenance requirements for severe operating conditions are also included in Section
5.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 3/143
OWNER'S MANUALOWNER'S MANUALOWNER'S MANUALOWNER'S MANUALOWNER'S MANUAL
A030A03A-AAT
OperationOperationOperationOperationOperation
MaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenanceMaintenance
SpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecificationsSpecifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to mAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to mAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to mAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to mAll information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, Hyundai reserves the right to m
changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.changes at any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be carried out.
This manual applies to all Hyundai ACCENT models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as weThis manual applies to all Hyundai ACCENT models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as weThis manual applies to all Hyundai ACCENT models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as weThis manual applies to all Hyundai ACCENT models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as weThis manual applies to all Hyundai ACCENT models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as we
standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.standard equipment. As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply to your specific vehicle.
AX10
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 4/143
A040A01A-AAT
FOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORDFOREWORD
Thank you for choosing Hyundai. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discriminating
people who drive Hyundais. The advanced engineering and high-quality construction of each Hyundai we
build is something of which we're very proud.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new Hyundai. It is suggested
that you read it carefully since the information it contains can contribute greatly to the satisfaction you
receive from your new car.
The manufacturer also recommends that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an
authorized Hyundai dealer. Hyundai dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and
any other assistance that may be required.
A050A04A-AAT
HYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANYHYUNDAI MOTOR COMPANY
Note:Note:Note:Note:Note: Because future owners will also need the information included in this manual, if you sell this
Hyundai, please leave the manual in the vehicle for their use. Thank you.
CAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels andCAUTION: Severe engine and transaxle damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and
lubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels andlubricants that do not meet Hyundai specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and
lubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section oflubricants that meet the specifications listed on Page 9-3 in the Vehicle Specifications section of
the Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back coverthe Owner's Manual and which also appear in the Service Station Information on the back cover
of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2001 Hyundai Motor Company. All rights reserved. The material in this publication may not be
reproduced in any form without written permission from Hyundai Motor Company.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 5/143
A070A01A-AAT
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAICAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO YOUR HYUNDAI
Your Hyundai should not be modified in any way. Such modifications may adverselyaffect the performance, safety or durability of your Hyundai and may, in addition, violate
conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also
be in violation of regulations established by the U.S. Department of Transportation and
other federal or state agencies.
A080A01S-AAT
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATIONTWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components.
It is possible for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio or cellular telephone to
adversely affect electronic systems. For this reason, we recommend that you carefully
follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your Hyundai dealer for precau-
tionary measures or special instructions if you choose to install one of these devices.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 6/143
A090A01A-AAT
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNINGSAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE WARNING
This manual includes information titled as WARNING, CAUTION and NOTE.
These titles indicate the following:
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:
This indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other personsThis indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other personsThis indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other personsThis indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other personsThis indicates that a condition may result in harm or injury to you or other persons
if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.if the warning is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the warning.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:This indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipmentThis indicates that a condition may result in damage to your vehicle or its equipment
if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.if the caution is not heeded. Follow the advice provided with the caution.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:
This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.This indicates that interesting or helpful information is being provided.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 7/143
OWNER'S I.D.
ORIGINAL OWNER
ADDRESS
CITY STATE ZIP CODE
DELIVERY DATE
(Date Sold to Original Retail purchaser)
DEALER NAME DEALER NO.
ADDRESS
CITY STATE ZIP CODE
A000A01A-AAT
This Owner's Manual should be considered a part of the car and remain with it when it is sold for the
use of the next owner.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 8/143
A100A02A-AAT
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEGUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINEPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTSPARTS1. What are Hyundai Genuine Parts?
Hyundai Genuine Parts are the sameparts used by Hyundai Motor Compa-
ny to manufacture vehicles. They aredesigned and tested for the optimumsafety, performance, and reliability toour customers.
2. Why should you use genuine parts?Hyundai Genuine Parts are engineeredand built to meet rigid original manu-facturing requirements. Using imita-tion, counterfeit or used salvage parts
is not covered under the HyundaiNew Vehicle Limited Warranty or any
A100A01A
other Hyundai warranty. In addition,any damage to or failure of GenuineHyundai Parts caused by the installa-tion or failure of an imitation, counter-feit or used salvage part is not cov-ered by Hyundai Motor Company.
3. How can you tell if you are pur-chasing Hyundai Genuine Parts?Look for the Hyundai Genuine PartsLogo on the package (see below).
Hyundai Genuine Parts exported to theUnited States are packaged with la-bels written only in English.
Hyundai Genuine Parts are only sold
through authorized HyundaiDealerships.
A100A02A A
A
" To find the closest autho" To find the closest autho" To find the closest autho" To find the closest autho" To find the closest authodealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "dealer call 1-800-826-CARS "
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 9/143
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SECTION PAGE
1. FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI .......................................................................... 1-1
2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI .................................................................................... 2-1
3. WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY ...................................................................... 3-1
4. CORROSION PREVENTION & APPEARANCE CARE .......................................... 4-1
5. VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS ........................................................ 5-1
6. DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE ...................................................................... 6-1
7. EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS ......................................................................... 7-1
8. CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS ........................ 8-1
9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS ................................................................................. 9-1
10. INDEX ................................................................................................................. 10-1
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 10/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1. FEATURES OFYOUR HYUNDAI
B010A02A-AAT
FUEL RECOMMENDATIONSUse Unleaded Gasoline
vice stations cannot be inserted into the fueltank opening of your Hyundai.
WARNING:o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzle
shut off when refueling.o The fuel cap must be tightened at least 3
clicks, otherwise " " light may ill-uminate.
Unleaded gasoline with a Pump Octane Rat-ing of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) orhigher must be used in your Hyundai.
If leaded gasoline is used, it will cause thecatalytic converter to become ineffective andthe emission control system to malfunction.This can also result in increased maintenanceexpense.
To avoid accidental use of leaded fuel, thelarger nozzle used with leaded gasoline at ser-
B010B01A-AAT
What About Gasohol?Gasohol (a mixture of 90% unleaded gasolineand 10% ethanol or grain alcohol) may be usedin your Hyundai. However, if your engine devel-ops driveability problems, the use of 100%unleaded gasoline is recommended. Fuels withunspecified quantities of alcohol, or alcohols
other than ethanol, should not be used.
B010C01A-AAT
Use of MTBEHyundai recommends that fuels containingMTBE (Methyl Tertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0%vol. (Oxygen Content 2.7% weight) should notbe used in your Hyundai.Fuel containing MTBE over 15.0% vol. (OxygenContent 2.7% weight) may reduce vehicle per-formance and produce vapor lock or hard start-
ing.
B010D01A-AAT
Do Not Use MethanolFuels containing methanol (wood alcohol) not be used in your Hyundai. This type can reduce vehicle performance and dacomponents of the fuel system.
CAUTION:Your Hyundai's New Vehicle Limitedranty may not cover damage to thsystem and any performance problemare caused by the use of fuels contamethanol or fuels containing MTBE (MTertiary Butyl Ether) over 15.0% vol. gen Content 2.7% weight.)
B010F01A-AAT
Operation in Foreign CountriesIf you are going to drive your Hyundai in acountry, be sure to:
o Observe all regulations regarding retion and insurance.o Determine that acceptable fuel is ava
B010E01A-AAT
Gasolines for Cleaner AirTo help contribute to cleaner air, Hyundommends that you use gasolines treatedetergent additives, which help prevent dformation in the engine. These gasolinhelp the engine run cleaner and the EmControl System performance.
AX00010A
UNLEADEDFUEL ONLY
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 11/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 2
B020A01S-AAT
BREAKING IN YOUR NEW HYUNDAI
During the First 1200 Miles (2000 Km)No formal "break-in" procedure is required withyour new Hyundai. However, you can contrib-ute to the economical operation and durability ofyour Hyundai by observing the following recom-
mendations during the first 1200 miles (2000km).
o Don't drive faster than 55 MPH (88 km/h).o While driving, keep your engine speed (rpm,
or revolutions per minute) between 2,000rpm and 4,000 rpm.
o Use moderate acceleration. Don't start quick-ly or depress the accelerator pedal fully.
o For the first 200 miles (300 km), try to avoidhard stops.
o Don't lug the engine (in other words, don't
drive so slowly in too-high a gear that theengine "bucks"-shift to a lower gear).
o Whether going fast or slow, vary your speedfrom time to time.
o Don't let the engine idle longer than 3 min-utes at one time.
o Don't tow a trailer during the first 1,200 miles(2,000 km) of operation.
B030A01A-AAT
KEYS
SSA1030A
For greater convenience, the same key oper-ates all the locks in your Hyundai. However,because the doors can be locked without a key,carrying a spare key is recommended in case
you accidentally lock one key inside the car.
B030B01A-AAT
Record Your Key Number
A code number is stamped on the numbethat came with the keys to your Hyundakey number plate should not be left with thbut kept in a safe place, not in the vehicl
key number should also be recorded in awhere it can be found in an emergency.If you need additional keys, or if you shouyour keys, your authorized Hyundai deamake new keys if you can supply the keyber.
SSA
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 12/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B070A01A-AAT
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM (If installed)This system is designed to provide protectionfrom unauthorized entry into the car. This sys-tem is operated in three stages: the first is the"Armed"stage, the second is the "Alarm" stage,and the third is the "Disarmed" stage. If trig-
gered, the system provides an audible alarmwith blinking of the turn signal lamp.
B070B01A-GAT
Armed StagePark the car and stop the engine. Arm thesystem as described below.
1) Remove the ignition key from the ignitionswitch.
2) Make sure that the engine hood and trunk lidare locked.
3) Lock the doors using the transmitter of thekeyless entry system.
After completion of the steps above, the turnsignal lamp will blink once to indicate that thesystem is armed.
NOTE:1) If any door, trunk lid or engine hood
remains open, the system will not bearmed.
2) If this happens, rearm the system as
described above.
CAUTION:Do not arm the system until all passengers
have left the car. If the system is armedwhile a passenger(s) remains in the car, thealarm may be activated when the remainingpassenger(s) leaves the car.
B070C02A-AAT
Alarm Stage
CAUTION:Avoid trying to start the engine whisystem is armed.
B070D01A-GAT
Disarmed Stage
YR10181A
The alarm will be activated if any of the follow-ing occurs while the car is parked and thesystem is armed.
1) A front or rear door is opened without usingthe transmitter or the ignition key.
2) The trunk lid is opened without using theignition key.
3) The engine hood is opened.
The siren will sound and the turn signal lamp
will blink continuously for 30 seconds (It hap-pens 3 times). To turn off the system, unlockthe door with the transmitter or the ignition key.
B07
The system will be disarmed when the fostep is taken:
The driver's or passenger's door is unlocdepressing the "UNLOCK" button on themitter or the ignition key.
After completion of the steps above, thsignal lamp will blink twice to indicate thsystem is disarmed.
NOTE:
Once the system has been disarmed,not be rearmed except by repeatinarming procedures.
UNLOCK
LOCK PANIC
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 13/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 4
the inside. This helps assure that doorswill not be opened accidentally. Also,when combined with the proper use ofseat belts, locking the doors helps keepoccupants from being ejected from thecar in case of an accident.
o Before opening the door, always look for
and avoid oncoming traffic.
B040B01A-AAT
Locking, unlocking front doors with akey
o The door can be locked or unlocked with akey.
o Lock the door by turning the key toward thefront of the vehicle and unlock it by turning
the key toward the rear.
B070E02A-GAT
Panic Stage1. Push the "PANIC" button on the transmitter.2. At the same time, the siren will sound con-
tinuously.3. To turn off the system, push the "PANIC"
button again on the transmitter.
B070F01A-GAT
Keyless Entry System (If installed)
Locking doors1. Close all doors.2. Push the "LOCK" button on the transmitter.3. At the same time all doors lock, the turn
signal lamp will blink once to indicate thatthe system is armed.
Unlocking doors
1. Push the "UNLOCK" button on the transmit-ter.
2. At the same time all doors unlock, the turnsignal lamp will blink twice to indicate thatthe system is disarmed.
B040A01A-AAT
DOOR LOCKS
WARNING:o Unlocked doors can be dangerous. Be-
fore you drive away (especially if thereare children in the car), be sure that allthe doors are securely closed and lockedso that the doors cannot be opened from
AX10050A
LOCK UNLOCK
The doors can be locked without a key.To lock the doors from the outside, firsthe inside lock switch to the "LOCK" pothen close the door.
NOTE:o When locking the door this way, be
ful not to lock the door with the igkey left in the vehicle.
o To protect against theft, always rethe ignition key, close all windowlock all doors when leaving your vunattended.
B040C02A-AAT
Locking from Outside
AX1
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 14/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B040D01A-AAT
Locking from the Inside
AX10070A
To lock the doors from the inside, simply closethe door and push the lock switch to the "LOCK"position. When this is done, neither the outsidenor the inside door handle can be used.
B040E03A-AAT
CHILD-PROTECTOR REAR DOORLOCK
Your Hyundai is equipped with a "child-protec-tor" rear door lock assembly. When the lockmechanism is engaged, the rear door cannot be
opened from the inside. It's use is recommendedwhenever there are small children in the rearseat.To engage the child-protector feature so thatthe door cannot be opened from the inside,move the child-protector lever to the " "position and close the door. Move the lever tothe opposite direction of " " position whennormal door operation is desired.If you wish to be able to open the door from theoutside, the outside door handle will functionnormally.
LOCK
UNLOCK
B080A01A-AAT
ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATS
WARNING:Never attempt to adjust the seat whivehicle is moving. This could result iof control, and an accident causing dserious injury, or property damage.
AX
To move the seat toward the front or reathe lock release lever upward. This will rethe seat on its track so you can move it foor rearward to the desired position.When you find the position you want, rthe lever and slide the seat forward or rea
on its track until it locks into the desired pand cannot be moved further.
B080B01A-AAT
Adjusting Seat Forward and Rear
AX10080A-1
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 15/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 6
B080C01A-AAT
Adjusting Seatback Angle
AX10120A
To recline the seatback, lean forward to takeyour weight off it, then pull up on the reclinercontrol lever at the outside edge of the seat.Now lean back until the desired seatback angle
is achieved. To lock the seatback into position,release the recliner control lever.
WARNING:To minimize risk of severe injury in theevent of a collision or sudden stop, both thedriver and passenger seatbacks should al-ways be in a nearly upright position whilethe vehicle is in motion. The protection pro-vided by the seat belts and airbags may bereduced significantly when the seatback isreclined. There is greater risk that the driver
and passenger will slide under the seat beltwhich may result in serious injury if a crashoccurs when the seatback is reclined.
B080D02A-AAT
Adjustable Headrests
AX10130B
Headrests are designed to help reduce the riskof neck injuries.To raise the headrest, pull it up. To lower it,push it down while pressing the lock knob.
WARNING:o For maximum effectiveness in case of an
accident, the headrest should be adjust-ed so the top of the headrest is at thesame height as the top of the occupant'sears. The use of a cushion that holds thebody away from the seatback is not rec-ommended.
o Do not operate the vehicle with the head-rests removed as severe injury to anoccupant may occur in the event of an
accident. Headrests may provide protec-tion against severe neck injuries whenproperly adjusted.
Lock knob
B080E01A-AAT
Lumbar Support Control
(Driver’s seat only) (If installed)
AX
To adjust the lumber support, turn the hon the inboard side of the seat. To increaamount of lumbar support, pull the lev
ward. To decrease it, push the lever towarear.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 16/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B080F01S-AAT
Seat Cushion Height Adjustment
(Driver's Seat Only) (If Installed)
To raise or lower the front part of the seatcushion, turn the front knob forward or rear-ward. To raise or lower the rear part of the seat
cushion, turn the rear knob forward or rearward.
AX10150A
B130A01A-AAT
REAR SEAT ENTRY (For 3-door model)
ZL10160A
1
2
The front passenger seatback should be tiltedto enter the rear seat.By pulling up on the recliner control lever (1) atthe outside of the front passenger seat, the
seatback will tilt forward and the seat will auto-matically slide forward.Rear seat occupants can tilt the front passen-ger seatback by depressing the foot lever (2) asshown in the illustration.
WARNING:Passengers sitting in the rear seat shouldbe careful not to accidentally press the footlever (2) while the vehicle is moving, as thismay cause the seatback to move forwardand injure a front seat occupant.
B140A01S-AAT
REAR SEAT WARNING
AX
For the safety of all passengers, luggaother cargo should not be piled higher thtop of the seatback. In addition, do notobjects on the rear shelf as they may
forward during braking or in an accidestrike vehicle passengers.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 17/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 8
B060A03A-GAT
POWER WINDOWS (If installed)
CloseOpen
AX10180A
The power windows operate when the ignitionkey is in the "ON" position. The main switchesare located on the driver's armrest and controlthe front and rear windows on both sides of the
vehicle. The windows may be opened by de-pressing the appropriate window switch andclosed by pulling up the switch. To open thewindow on the driver's side, press the switch(1)down. The window moves as long as the switchis operated. In order to prevent operation of thepassenger front and rear windows, a windowlock switch(2) is provided on the armrest of thedriver's door. To disable the power windows,press the window lock switch.To revert to normal operation, press the windowlock switch a second time.
(1)
(2)
AX
WARNING:1) Be careful that someone's head,
and body are not trapped by a cwindow.
2) Never try to operate the main swi
the driver's door and the individuawindow switch in opposing directithe same time. If this is done, thdow will stop and cannot be opeclosed.
3) Do not leave children alone in thAlways remove the ignition key fosafety.
B050A01A-AAT
WINDOW GLASS
To raise or lower the window, turn the windowregulator handle clockwise or counterclockwise.
WARNING:
When opening or closing the windows, makesure your passenger's arms, hands and bodyare safely out of the way.
AX10170A
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 18/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 19/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 10
WARNING:Sitting in a reclined position or lying downwhen your vehicle is in motion can be dan-gerous. Even if you buckle up, your safetybelts can't do their job when you're reclined.The shoulder belt can't do its job because itwon't be against your body.
Instead, it will be in front of you. In a crashyou could go into it with great force, receiv-ing serious neck or other injuries.The lap belt can't do its job either. In a crashthe belt could go up over your abdomen.The belt forces would be there, not at yourpelvic bones.This could cause serious internal injuries.For proper protection when the vehicle is inmotion, have the seatback upright.Then sit back in the seat and wear your
safety belt properly. See Page 1-12.
B160A01A-AAT
CARE OF SEAT BELTSSeat belt systems should never be disassem-bled or modified. In addition, care should betaken to assure that seat belts and belt hard-ware are not damaged by seat hinges, doors orother abuse.
WARNING:
When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after the rear seatback wasfolded down, be careful not to damage theseat belt webbing or buckle. Be sure that the
webbing or buckle does not get caupinched in the rear seat.
B160B01A-AAT
Periodic InspectionIt is recommended that all seat belts be ins
periodically for wear or damage of anyParts of the system that are damaged shoreplaced as soon as possible.
B160C01A-AAT
Keep Belts Clean and DrySeat belts should be kept clean and dry. become dirty, they can be cleaned by umild soap solution and warm water. Bleacstrong detergents or abrasives should used because they may damage and weak
fabric.
B160D01A-AAT
When to Replace Seat BeltsEntire in-use seat belt assembly or asseshould be replaced if the vehicle has bevolved in an accident. This should be donif no damage is visible. Additional queconcerning seat belt operation should be ed to your Hyundai Dealer.
B150D01A-AAT
Pregnant WomenThe use of a seat belt is recommended forpregnant women to lessen the chance of injuryin an accident. When a seat belt is used, the lapbelt portion should be placed as low and snuglyas possible on the hips, not across the abdo-
men. For specific recommendations, consult aphysician.
B150E01A-AAT
Injured PersonA seat belt should be used when an injuredperson is being transported. When this is nec-essary, you should consult a physician forrecommendations.
B150F01A-AAT
One Person Per Belt
Two people (including children) should neverattempt to use a single seat belt. This couldincrease the severity of injuries in case of anaccident.
B150G01A-AAT
Do Not Lie DownTo reduce the chance of injuries in the event ofan accident, and to achieve maximum effec-tiveness of the restraint system, all passengersshould be sitting up and the front seats should
be in an upright position when the car is mov-ing. A seat belt cannot provide proper protec-tion if the person is lying down in the rear seator if the front seat is in a reclined position.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 20/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B180A01A-AAT
SEAT BELT-Driver’s 3-Point System
with Emergency Locking RetractorTo Fasten Your Belt
To fasten your seat belt, pull it out of theretractor and insert the metal tab into the buck-le. There will be an audible “click” when the tablocks into the buckle.The seat belt automatically adjusts to the prop-er length only after the lap belt is adjustedmanually so that it fits snugly around your hips.If you lean forward in a slow, easy motion, the
belt will extend and let you move around. Ifthere is a sudden stop or impact, however, thebelt will lock into position. It will also lock if youtry to lean forward too quickly.
NOTE:If the driver's seat belt is not fastenedthe ignition key is in the "ON" positioseat belt warning light will flash anwarning chime will sound for approximsix seconds.
B190A01A-AAT
SEAT BELTS-Front Passenger
Outboard Rear Seat 3-Point Sy
with Combination Locking Retra
To Fasten Your BeltCombination retractor type seat belts stalled in the rearseat outboard positihelp accommodate the installation of chstraint systems. Although a combination tor is also installed in the front passengeposition, Hyundai strongly recommend
children always be seated in the rearNEVER place any infant restraint systemfront seat of the vehicle.This type of seat belt combines the featuboth an emergency locking retractor seand an automatic locking retractor seat bfasten your seat belt, pull it out of the reand insert the metal tab into the buckle.will be an audible "click" when the tab locthe buckle. When not securing a child resthe seat belt operates in the same way driver's seat belt (Emergency Locking Rtor Type). It automatically adjusts to the length only after the lap belt portion of thbelt is adjusted manually so that it fits
FUA1090P
B170A03A-AAT
HEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATHEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATHEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATHEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEATHEIGHT ADJUSTABLE FRONT SEAT
SHOULDER BELT (If installed)SHOULDER BELT (If installed)SHOULDER BELT (If installed)SHOULDER BELT (If installed)SHOULDER BELT (If installed)
AX10200A
You can adjust the height of the shoulder beltanchor to one of the 4 positions.If the height of the adjusting seat belt is too near
your neck, you will not be getting the mosteffective protection. The shoulder portion shouldbe adjusted so that it lies across your chest andmidway over your shoulder nearest the doorand not your neck.To adjust the height of the seat belt anchor,lower or raise the height adjuster into an appro-priate position when the height adjuster buttonis pushed.Release the button to lock the anchor intoposition. Try sliding the release button to makesure that it has locked into the position.
WARNING:o The height adjuster must be in the locked
position whenever the vehicle is moving.o The misadjustment of height of the shoul-
der belt could reduce the effectivenessof the seat belt in a crash.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 21/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 12
B210A01A-AAT
To Release the Seat Belt
The seat belt is released by pressing the rebutton in the locking buckle. When it is relethe belt should automatically draw back iretractor.If this does not happen, check the belt to bit is not twisted, then try again.
B200A01A-AAT
Adjusting Your Seat Belt
WARNING:You should place the lap belt portion as lowas possible and snugly across your hips,not on your waist. If the lap belt is locatedtoo high on your waist, it may increase thechance of injury in the event of a collision.Both arms should not be under or over thebelt. Rather, one should be over and the
FUA1090Q
FUA
other under, as shown in the illustratNever wear the seat belt under thenearest the door.
the arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causethe arm nearest the door could causeserious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.serious or fatal injuries in an accident.
ooooo Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-Avoid wearing twisted seat belts. A twist-ed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In aed belt can't do its job as well. In acollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Becollision, it could even cut into you. Besure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.sure the belt is straight and not twisted.
ooooo Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-Be careful not to damage the belt web-
bing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orbing or hardware. If the belt webbing orhardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.hardware is damaged, replace it.
around your hips. When the seat belt is fullyextended from the retractor to allow the instal-lation of a child restraint system, the seat beltoperation changes to allow the belt to retract,but not to extend (Automatic Locking RetractorType). See page 1-16.
NOTE:Although the combination retractor providesthe same level of protection for seated pas-sengers in either emergency or automaticlocking modes, it is recommended thatseated passengers use the emergency lock-ing feature for improved convenience. Theautomatic locking function is intended tofacilitate child restraint installation. To con-vert from the automatic locking feature tothe emergency locking operation mode, al-low the unbuckled seat belt to fully retract.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-For maximum restraint system protec-
tion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedtion, seat belts must always be usedwhenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.whenever the car is moving.
ooooo Seat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenSeat belts are most effective whenseatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.seatbacks are in the upright position.
ooooo Children must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inChildren must always be seatbelted inthe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children tothe rear seats. Never allow children toride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.ride in the front passenger seat.
ooooo The shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedThe shoulder belt should be positionedmidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest themidway over the shoulder nearest the
door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.door for the most effective protection.Never wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armNever wear the seat belt under the armnearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt undernearest the door. Wearing the belt under
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 22/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B220B01A-AAT
Adjusting Your Seat Belt
SSA1090T
Shorten
Too high
Correct
With a 2-point static type seat belt, the lengthmust be adjusted manually so it fits snuglyaround your body. Fasten the belt and pull onthe loose end to tighten. The belt should be
placed as low as possible on your hips, not onyour waist. If the belt is too high, it couldincrease the possibility of your being injured inan accident.
B220C01A-AAT
To Release the Seat Belt
SSX
When you want to release the seat belt,the button in the locking buckle.
WARNING
The center lap belt latching mechandifferent from those for the rear seat sder belts. When fastening the rear seat der belts or the center lap belt, makethey are inserted into the correct bucobtain maximum protection from thebelt system and assure proper opera
B220A01A-AAT
SEAT BELTS (2-Point Static Type)(Rear Seat Center)
To Fasten Your Seat Belt
SSD1090S
To fasten a 2-point static type belt, insert themetal tab into the locking buckle. There will be
an audible "click" when the tab locks into thebuckle. Check to make sure the belt is properlylocked and that the belt is not twisted.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 23/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 14
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo A child restraint system must be placedA child restraint system must be placedA child restraint system must be placedA child restraint system must be placedA child restraint system must be placed
in the rear seat. Never install a child orin the rear seat. Never install a child orin the rear seat. Never install a child orin the rear seat. Never install a child orin the rear seat. Never install a child orinfant seat on the front passenger's seat.infant seat on the front passenger's seat.infant seat on the front passenger's seat.infant seat on the front passenger's seat.infant seat on the front passenger's seat.Should an accident occur and cause theShould an accident occur and cause theShould an accident occur and cause theShould an accident occur and cause theShould an accident occur and cause thepassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldpassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldpassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldpassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldpassenger side airbag to deploy, it couldseverely injure or kill an infant or childseverely injure or kill an infant or childseverely injure or kill an infant or childseverely injure or kill an infant or childseverely injure or kill an infant or child
seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,seated in an infant or child seat. Thus,only use a child restraint in the rear seatonly use a child restraint in the rear seatonly use a child restraint in the rear seatonly use a child restraint in the rear seatonly use a child restraint in the rear seatof your vehicle.of your vehicle.of your vehicle.of your vehicle.of your vehicle.
ooooo Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-Since a safety belt or child restraint sys-tem can become very hot if it is left in atem can become very hot if it is left in atem can become very hot if it is left in atem can become very hot if it is left in atem can become very hot if it is left in aclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatclosed vehicle, be sure to check the seatcover and buckles before placing a childcover and buckles before placing a childcover and buckles before placing a childcover and buckles before placing a childcover and buckles before placing a childthere.there.there.there.there.
ooooo When the child restraint system is not inWhen the child restraint system is not inWhen the child restraint system is not inWhen the child restraint system is not inWhen the child restraint system is not inuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it withuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it withuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it withuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it withuse, store it in the trunk or fasten it witha safety belt so that it will not be throwna safety belt so that it will not be throwna safety belt so that it will not be throwna safety belt so that it will not be throwna safety belt so that it will not be thrownforward in the case of a sudden stop orforward in the case of a sudden stop orforward in the case of a sudden stop orforward in the case of a sudden stop orforward in the case of a sudden stop oran accident.an accident.an accident.an accident.an accident.
ooooo Children who are too large to be in aChildren who are too large to be in aChildren who are too large to be in aChildren who are too large to be in aChildren who are too large to be in achild restraint should still sit in the rearchild restraint should still sit in the rearchild restraint should still sit in the rearchild restraint should still sit in the rearchild restraint should still sit in the rearseat and be restrained with the availableseat and be restrained with the availableseat and be restrained with the availableseat and be restrained with the availableseat and be restrained with the availablelap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrenlap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrenlap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrenlap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrenlap/shoulder belts. Never allow childrento ride in the front passenger seat.to ride in the front passenger seat.to ride in the front passenger seat.to ride in the front passenger seat.to ride in the front passenger seat.
ooooo Always make sure that the shoulder beltAlways make sure that the shoulder beltAlways make sure that the shoulder beltAlways make sure that the shoulder beltAlways make sure that the shoulder beltportion of the outboard lap/shoulder beltportion of the outboard lap/shoulder beltportion of the outboard lap/shoulder beltportion of the outboard lap/shoulder beltportion of the outboard lap/shoulder beltis positioned midway over the shoulder,is positioned midway over the shoulder,is positioned midway over the shoulder,is positioned midway over the shoulder,is positioned midway over the shoulder,never across the neck or behind the back.never across the neck or behind the back.never across the neck or behind the back.never across the neck or behind the back.never across the neck or behind the back.Moving the child closer to the center ofMoving the child closer to the center ofMoving the child closer to the center ofMoving the child closer to the center ofMoving the child closer to the center of
the vehicle may help provide a goodthe vehicle may help provide a goodthe vehicle may help provide a goodthe vehicle may help provide a goodthe vehicle may help provide a goodshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofshoulder belt fit. The lap belt portion ofthe lap/shoulder belt or the center seatthe lap/shoulder belt or the center seatthe lap/shoulder belt or the center seatthe lap/shoulder belt or the center seatthe lap/shoulder belt or the center seat
lap belt must always be positionlap belt must always be positionlap belt must always be positionlap belt must always be positionlap belt must always be positionlow as possible on the child's hiplow as possible on the child's hiplow as possible on the child's hiplow as possible on the child's hiplow as possible on the child's hipas snug as possible.as snug as possible.as snug as possible.as snug as possible.as snug as possible.
ooooo If the seat belt will not properly If the seat belt will not properly If the seat belt will not properly If the seat belt will not properly If the seat belt will not properly child, we recommend the use of achild, we recommend the use of achild, we recommend the use of achild, we recommend the use of achild, we recommend the use of aproved booster seat in the rear sproved booster seat in the rear sproved booster seat in the rear sproved booster seat in the rear sproved booster seat in the rear sorder to raise the child's seating horder to raise the child's seating horder to raise the child's seating horder to raise the child's seating horder to raise the child's seating hso that the seat belt will properly so that the seat belt will properly so that the seat belt will properly so that the seat belt will properly so that the seat belt will properly child. Before purchasing a boostechild. Before purchasing a boostechild. Before purchasing a boostechild. Before purchasing a boostechild. Before purchasing a boostemake sure that it meets applicable Fmake sure that it meets applicable Fmake sure that it meets applicable Fmake sure that it meets applicable Fmake sure that it meets applicable Fal Motor Vehicle Safety Stanal Motor Vehicle Safety Stanal Motor Vehicle Safety Stanal Motor Vehicle Safety Stanal Motor Vehicle Safety Stan(FMVSS) and that it is satisfacto(FMVSS) and that it is satisfacto(FMVSS) and that it is satisfacto(FMVSS) and that it is satisfacto(FMVSS) and that it is satisfactouse with this vehicle.use with this vehicle.use with this vehicle.use with this vehicle.use with this vehicle.
ooooo Never allow a child to stand up orNever allow a child to stand up orNever allow a child to stand up orNever allow a child to stand up orNever allow a child to stand up oron the seat.on the seat.on the seat.on the seat.on the seat.
ooooo Never use an infant carrier or child Never use an infant carrier or child Never use an infant carrier or child Never use an infant carrier or child Never use an infant carrier or child seat that "hooks" over a seatback; seat that "hooks" over a seatback; seat that "hooks" over a seatback; seat that "hooks" over a seatback; seat that "hooks" over a seatback; not provide adequate security in annot provide adequate security in annot provide adequate security in annot provide adequate security in annot provide adequate security in andent.dent.dent.dent.dent.
ooooo Never allow a child to be held in Never allow a child to be held in Never allow a child to be held in Never allow a child to be held in Never allow a child to be held in son's arms while they are in a mson's arms while they are in a mson's arms while they are in a mson's arms while they are in a mson's arms while they are in a mvehicle, as this could result in sevehicle, as this could result in sevehicle, as this could result in sevehicle, as this could result in sevehicle, as this could result in seinjury to the child in the event injury to the child in the event injury to the child in the event injury to the child in the event injury to the child in the event accident or a sudden stop. Holdaccident or a sudden stop. Holdaccident or a sudden stop. Holdaccident or a sudden stop. Holdaccident or a sudden stop. Holdchild in a moving vehicle does nochild in a moving vehicle does nochild in a moving vehicle does nochild in a moving vehicle does nochild in a moving vehicle does novide the child with any means of pvide the child with any means of pvide the child with any means of pvide the child with any means of pvide the child with any means of ption during an accident, even if thtion during an accident, even if thtion during an accident, even if thtion during an accident, even if thtion during an accident, even if thson holding the child is wearing son holding the child is wearing son holding the child is wearing son holding the child is wearing son holding the child is wearing belt.belt.belt.belt.belt.
B230A02A-AAT
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEMChildren riding in the car should sit in the rearseat and must always be properly restrained tominimize the risk of injury in an accident, sud-den stop or sudden maneuver. According toaccident statistics provided by the National High-way Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA),children are safer when properly restrained inthe rear seats than in the front seat. Largerchildren should use one of the seat belts pro-vided.All 50 states have child restraint laws. Youshould be aware of the specific requirements inyour state. Child and/or infant safety seats mustbe properly placed and installed in the rearseat. You must use a commercially availablechild restraint system that meets the require-ments of the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS).Children could be injured or killed in a crash iftheir restraints are not properly secured. Forsmall children and babies, a child seat or infantseat must be used. Before buying a particularchild restraint system, make sure it fits your carseat and seat belts, and fits your child. Followall the instructions provided by the manufac-turer when installing the child restraint system.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 24/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B230C02A-AAT
Installing a Child Restraint Seat with
the "Tether Anchorage" System
(4 Door)
Rear seat package tray
YR10380B
Anchorages
Three child restraint hook holders are located
on the rear seat package tray. To install thechild restraint seat, connect the child restrainttether strap hook to the child restraint hookholder and tighten to secure the seat.
Front of Vehicle
B230E02A-AAT
Installing a Child Restraint Seat
the "Tether Anchorage" System
(3 Door)
Three child restraint hook holders are lo
on the vertical back panel.To install the child restraint seat, remoblanking covers on the covering shelf.
B230B01E-GAT
Using a Child Restraint SystemUsing a Child Restraint SystemUsing a Child Restraint SystemUsing a Child Restraint SystemUsing a Child Restraint System
For small children and babies, the use of a childseat or infant seat is strongly recommendedand may be required in your state. This childseat or infant seat should be of appropriate sizefor the child and should be installed in accor-
dance with the manufacturer's instructions. It isfurther recommended that the seat be placed inthe vehicle's rear seat since this can make animportant contribution to safety.Your vehicle is provided with three child re-straint hook holders for installing the child seator infant seat.
SSA1100B
Bolt, Holder (8mm - 30 mm)
Washer, Conical Spring
Holder, Child Restraint Hook
Retainer Washer
Cover, Child Restraint
Hook Holder
B23
Tether strap hook
Blanking cove
Covering shelf
Tether strap hook
Back panel
Front of Vehicle
Spacer(10 mm), Child
Restraint Hook Holder
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 25/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
1- 16
To install a child restraint system in the out-board rear seats, extend the shoulder/lap beltentirely from its retractor until a "click" is felt.This will engage the seat belt retractor auto-matic locking feature, which allows the seat beltto retract but not extend. Install the child re-straint system, buckle the seat belt and allowthe seat belt to take up any slack. Make surethat the lap portion of the belt is tight around thechild restraint system and the shoulder portionof the belt is positioned so that it cannot inter-fere with the child's head or neck. Also, doublecheck to be sure that the retractor has engagedthe automatic locking feature by trying to ex-tend webbing out of the retractor. If the retractoris in the automatic locking mode, the belt will be
locked. After installation of the child restraint
B230G01A-AAT
Installation on Outboard Rear Seatssystem, try to move it in all directions to bthe child restraint system is securely insIf you need to tighten the belt, pull morebing toward the retractor. When you unthe seat belt and allow it to retract, the rewill automatically revert back to its normal passenger emergency locking usage con
NOTE:o Before installing the child restrain
tem, read the instructions supplithe child restraint system manufac
o If the seat belt does not operate scribed, have the system checked diately by your authorized Hyundai d
WARNING:o If the retractor is not in the Auto
Locking mode, the child restraint s
can move when your vehicle turstops abruptly.o Do not install any child restraint s
in the front passenger seat. Shouaccident occur and cause the passside airbag to deploy, it could seinjure or kill an infant or child seaan infant or child seat. Thereforeuse a child restraint system in thseat of your vehicle.
YR10400B
On outboard rearseats
B230F01A-AAT
Installation on Rear Seat Center Posi-
tion
Use the center seat belt for the rear seat tosecure the child restraint system as illustrated.After installation of the child restraint system,rock the child seat back and forth, and side toside to ensure that it is properly secured by theseat belt.If the child seat moves, readjust the length ofthe seat belt. Then, if equipped, insert the childrestraint tether strap hook into the child restrainthook holder and tighten to secure the seat.Always refer to the child restraint systemmanufacturer's recommendation before install-ing the child restraint system in your vehicle.
B230F01A.WMF
On center rear seat
And, connect the child restraint tether straphook to the child restraint hook holder throughthe hole on the covering shelf.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 26/143
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
WARNING:o Do not install a child safety seat at the
rear center seating position using thevehicle's ISOFIX anchors. The ISOFIXanchors are only provided for the left andright outboard rear seating positions. Donot misuse the ISOFIX anchors by at-
tempting to attach a child restraint seatimproperly in the middle rear seatingposition to the ISOFIX anchors. In a crash,the child seat ISOFIX attachments maynot be strong enough to secure the childrestraint seat improperly in the rear cen-ter seating position and may break, caus-ing serious injury or death.
o Do not mount more than one child re-straint to a single tether or to a childrestraint lower anchorage point. The im-proper increased load may cause theanchorage points or tether anchor tobreak, causing serious injury or death.
o Attach the ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatiblechild seat only to the appropriate loca-tions shown.
o Always follow the installation and useinstructions provided by the manufac-turer of the child restraint.
B230D02E-AAT
Securing the Child Restraint Seat with
the "ISOFIX" System
B230F01A
Some child seat manufacturers make safetyseats that are labeled as ISOFIX or ISOFIX-compatible child seats. These seats include
two rigid or webbing mounted attachments thatconnect to two ISOFIX anchors at specificseating positions in your vehicle. This type ofchild seat eliminates the need to use seat beltsto attach the child seat for forward-facing childseats.ISOFIX anchors have been provided in yourvehicle. The ISOFIX anchors are located in theleft and right outboard rear seating positions.Their locations are shown in the illustration.There is no ISOFIX anchor provided for thecenter rear seating position.
The ISOFIX anchors are located betweseatback and the seat cushion of the realeft and right outboard seating positionsFollow the child seat manufacturer's itions to properly install safety seats with Ior ISOFIX-compatible attachments.
Once you have installed the ISOFIX chstraint seat, assure that the seat is prattached to the ISOFIX and tether anAlso, test the safety seat before you plachild in it. Tilt the seat from side to side. Ato tug the seat forward. Check to seeanchors hold the seat in place.
WARNING:If the child restraint seat is not ancproperly, the risk of a child being serinjured or killed in a collision grea
creases.
B2
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 27/143
U S O OU U
1- 18
NOTE:o Both the driver's and front passe
pre-tensioner seat belts will be actin certain frontal collisions. Thetensioner seat belts can be activatethe airbags.The pre-tensioners will be activateder these conditions even if thebelts are not being worn at the tithe collision.
o When the pre-tensioner seat belactivated, a loud noise may be hearfine dust, which may appear to be smay be visible in the passenger comment. These are normal operating ctions and are not hazardous.
o Although it is harmless, the finemay cause skin irritation and shoube breathed for prolonged periods.
your hands and face thoroughly afaccident in which the pre-tensionebelts were activated.
CAUTION:o Because the sensor that activate
SRS airbag is connected with thtensioner seat belt, the SRS airbaging light on the instrument panblink for approximately 6 secondsthe ignition key has been turned "ON" position, and then it should
off.o If the pre-tensioner seat belt is not
ing properly, this warning light w
B180B02S
Driver's side airbag
1
2 3
Passenger'sside airbag
The seat belt pre-tensioner system consistsmainly of the following components. Their loca-tions are shown in the illustration.
1. SRS airbag warning light2. Seat belt pre-tensioner assembly3. SRS control module
WARNING:To obtain maximum benefit from a pre-tensioner seat belt:
1. The seat belt must be worn correctly.2. The seat belt must be adjusted to the
correct position.
B180B01A-AAT
Pre-Tensioner Seat BeltYour Hyundai vehicle is equipped with driver'sand front passenger's pre-tensioner seat belts.The purpose of the pre-tensioner is to makesure that the seat belts fit tightly against theoccupant's body in certain frontal collisions.The pre-tensioner seat belts can be activatedwith the airbags.
B180B01S
The pre-tensioner seat belt operates in thesame way as an Emergency Locking Retractor(ELR) type of seat belt. When the vehicle stopssuddenly, or if the occupant tries to lean for-ward too quickly, the seat belt retractor will lockinto position. However, in certain frontal colli-sions, the pre-tensioner will activate and pullthe seat belt into tighter contact against theoccupant's body.
AIRBAG
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 28/143
The Hyundai SRS consists of airbags inunder the pad covers in the center steering wheel and the passenger's sidpanel above the glove box. The purposeSRS is to provide the vehicle's driver andfront passenger with additional protectiothat offered by the seat-belt system alocase of a frontal impact of sufficient sev
NOTE:Be sure to read information about thon the labels provided on the backsthe sun visor and in the glove box.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo As its name implies, the SRS is desAs its name implies, the SRS is desAs its name implies, the SRS is desAs its name implies, the SRS is desAs its name implies, the SRS is des
to work with, and be supplemental to work with, and be supplemental tto work with, and be supplemental to work with, and be supplemental tto work with, and be supplemental tdriver's and the passenger's threedriver's and the passenger's threedriver's and the passenger's threedriver's and the passenger's threedriver's and the passenger's threeseat belt systems and is not a subsseat belt systems and is not a subsseat belt systems and is not a subsseat belt systems and is not a subsseat belt systems and is not a subs
for them. Therefore your seat beltsfor them. Therefore your seat beltsfor them. Therefore your seat beltsfor them. Therefore your seat beltsfor them. Therefore your seat beltsbe worn at all times while the vehicbe worn at all times while the vehiclbe worn at all times while the vehicbe worn at all times while the vehiclbe worn at all times while the vehicmotion. In addition, the airbags dmotion. In addition, the airbags dmotion. In addition, the airbags dmotion. In addition, the airbags dmotion. In addition, the airbags donly in certain frontal impact condonly in certain frontal impact condonly in certain frontal impact condonly in certain frontal impact condonly in certain frontal impact condsevere enough to cause significasevere enough to cause significasevere enough to cause significasevere enough to cause significasevere enough to cause significajury to the vehicle occupants.jury to the vehicle occupants.jury to the vehicle occupants.jury to the vehicle occupants.jury to the vehicle occupants.
ooooo The SRS is designed to deploy the aThe SRS is designed to deploy the aThe SRS is designed to deploy the aThe SRS is designed to deploy the aThe SRS is designed to deploy the aonly when an impact is sufficientonly when an impact is sufficientonly when an impact is sufficientonly when an impact is sufficientonly when an impact is sufficientvere and when the impact angle ivere and when the impact angle ivere and when the impact angle ivere and when the impact angle ivere and when the impact angle ithan 30° from the forward longitthan 30° from the forward longitthan 30° from the forward longitthan 30° from the forward longitthan 30° from the forward longitaxis of the vehicle and will not depaxis of the vehicle and will not depaxis of the vehicle and will not depaxis of the vehicle and will not depaxis of the vehicle and will not depside, rear or rollover impacts. Addside, rear or rollover impacts. Addside, rear or rollover impacts. Addside, rear or rollover impacts. Addside, rear or rollover impacts. Add
ally, the airbags will only deploy ally, the airbags will only deploy ally, the airbags will only deploy ally, the airbags will only deploy ally, the airbags will only deploy Thus, seat belts must be worn Thus, seat belts must be worn Thus, seat belts must be worn Thus, seat belts must be worn Thus, seat belts must be worn times.times.times.times.times.
B240A01F-AAT
SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT(AIRBAG) SYSTEM (SRS)
Your Hyundai is equipped with a SupplementalRestraint (Airbag) System. The indications ofthe system's presence are the letters "SRSAIRBAG" embossed on the airbag pad cover in
the steering wheel and the passenger's sidefront panel pad above the glove box.
o Improper handling of the pre-tensionerseat belt assemblies, and failure to heedthe warnings to not strike, modify, in-spect, replace, service or repair the pre-tensioner seat belt assemblies may leadto improper operation or inadvertent ac-tivation and serious injury.
o Always wear the seat belts when drivingor riding in a motor vehicle.
AX10920A
Driver's Side Airbag
minate even if there is no malfunction ofthe SRS airbag system.If the SRS airbag warning light does notilluminate when the ignition key is turnedto "ON", or if it remains illuminated afterblinking for approximately 6 seconds, orif it illuminates while the vehicle is beingdriven, please have an authorizedHyundai dealer inspect the pre-tensionerseat belt or SRS airbag system as soonas possible.
WARNING:o Pre-tensioners are designed to operate
only one time. After activation, pre-tensioner seat belts must be replaced.All seat belts, of any type, should alwaysbe replaced after they have been wornduring a collision.
o The pre-tensioner seat belt assemblymechanisms become hot during activa-tion. Do not touch the pre-tensioner seatbelt assemblies for several minutes afterthey have been activated.
o Do not attempt to inspect or replace thepre-tensioner seat belts yourself. Thismust be done by an authorized Hyundaidealer.
o Do not strike the pre-tensioner seat beltassemblies.
o Do not attempt to service or repair the
pre-tensioner seat belt system in anymanner.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 29/143
1- 20
FU
B240B02A-AAT
SRS Components and Functions
The SRS consists of the following compo
- Driver's Side Airbag Module- Passenger's Side Airbag Module- Knee Bolster
- SRS Service Reminder Indicator (SRI- SRS Control Module (SRSCM)
The SRSCM continually monitors all elewhile the ignition is "ON" to determinfrontal or near-frontal impact is severe eto require airbag deployment.
ooooo Do not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSDo not tamper with or disconnect SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSwiring, or other components of the SRSsystem. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,system. Doing so could result in injury,due to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags ordue to accidental firing of the airbags orby rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.by rendering the SRS inoperative.
ooooo Do not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inDo not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childthe front passenger seat position. A childrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed inrestraint system must never be placed in
the front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could bethe front seat. The infant or child could beseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagseverely injured or killed by an airbagdeployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.deployment in case of an accident.
ooooo Do not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontDo not allow children to ride in the frontpassenger seat. If older childrenpassenger seat. If older childrenpassenger seat. If older childrenpassenger seat. If older childrenpassenger seat. If older children(teenages and older) must ride in the(teenages and older) must ride in the(teenages and older) must ride in the(teenages and older) must ride in the(teenages and older) must ride in thefront seat, make sure they are alwaysfront seat, make sure they are alwaysfront seat, make sure they are alwaysfront seat, make sure they are alwaysfront seat, make sure they are alwaysproperly belted and that the seat is movedproperly belted and that the seat is movedproperly belted and that the seat is movedproperly belted and that the seat is movedproperly belted and that the seat is movedback as far as possible.back as far as possible.back as far as possible.back as far as possible.back as far as possible.
ooooo For maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in allFor maximum safety protection in alltypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants includingtypes of crashes, all occupants including
the driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatthe driver should always wear their seatbelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsobelts whether or not an airbag is alsoprovided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-provided at their seating position to mini-mize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inmize the risk of severe injury or death inthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanthe event of a crash. Do not sit or leanunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whileunnecessarily close to the airbag whilethe vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.the vehicle is in motion.
ooooo The SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryThe SRS airbag system must deploy veryrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifrapidly to provide protection in a crash. Ifan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofan occupant is out of position because ofnot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag maynot wearing a seat belt, the airbag mayforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causingforcefully contact the occupant causing
serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.serious or fatal injuries.
Side impact
Rollover
o Front airbags are not intended to deployin side-impact, rear-impact or rollovercrashes. In addition, airbags will not de-ploy in frontal crashes below the deploy-ment threshold speed.
ooooo The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-The driver should sit back as far as pos-sible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of thesible while still maintaining control of the
vehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to thevehicle. If you are sitting too close to theairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousairbag, it can cause death or seriousinjury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.injury when it inflates.
ooooo No objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearNo objects should be placed over or nearthe airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,the airbag modules on the steering wheel,instrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontinstrument panel, and the frontpassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovepassenger's panel above the glovebox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldbox, because any such object couldcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashcause harm if the vehicle is in a crashsevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags tosevere enough to cause the airbags toinflate.inflate.inflate.inflate.inflate.
ooooo If the airbags inflate, they must be re-If the airbags inflate, they must be re-If the airbags inflate, they must be re-If the airbags inflate, they must be re-If the airbags inflate, they must be re-placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.placed by an authorized Hyundai dealer.
Rear impact
B240A01A
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 30/143
FU
CAUTION:When installing a container of liqufreshener inside a vehicle, do not pnear the instrument cluster nor on tstrument panel pad surface. If there leakage from the air freshener onto areas (instrument cluster, instrumentpad or air ventilator), it may damageparts. If the liquid from the air fresdoes leak onto these areas, wash themwater immediately.
WARNING:o When the SRS is activated, there m
a loud noise and fine dust will leased throughout the vehicle. conditions are normal and are noardous. However, the fine dust ge
ed during airbag deployment may skin irritation. Be sure to wash your and face thoroughly with lukewar
The airbag modules are located both in thecenter of the steering wheel and in the frontpassenger's panel above the glove box. Whenthe SRSCM detects a considerable impact tothe front of the vehicle, it will automaticallydeploy the airbags.
AX10220A
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directlyinto the pad covers will separate under pres-sure from the expansion of the airbags. Furtheropening of the covers then allows full inflation ofthe airbags.
A fully inflated airbag in combination with aproperly worn seat belt slows the driver's or thepassenger's forward motion, thus reducing therisk of head and chest injury.
After complete inflation, the airbag immediatelystarts deflating, enabling the driver to maintainforward visibility.
FUA1113A
Passenger's side Airbag
FUA1112A
The SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) onthe instrument panel will blink for about 6 sec-onds after the ignition key is turned to the "ON"position or after the engine is started, afterwhich the SRI should go out.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 31/143
1- 22
airbag deployment in case of an acco Modification to SRS components o
ing, including the addition of any kbadges to the pad covers or motions to the body structure, can advaffect SRS performance and lead tosible injury.
o For cleaning the airbag pad cover
only a soft, dry cloth or one whicbeen moistened with plain water. Soor cleaners could adversely affeairbag covers and proper deploymthe system.
o No objects should be placed over othe airbag modules on the steering winstrument panel, and the front pager’s panel above the glove box, beany such object could cause harmvehicle is in a crash severe enou
cause the airbags to inflate.o If the airbags inflate, they must placed by an authorized Hyundai d
o Do not tamper with or disconnecwiring, or other components of thsystem. Doing so could result in due to accidental firing of the airbaby rendering the SRS inoperative.
o If components of the airbag systembe discarded, or if the vehicle muscrapped, certain safety precautionsbe observed. Your Hyundai dealer k
these precautions and can give ynecessary information. Failure to
B240C01A-AAT
SRS Careo The SRS is virtually maintenance free and
there are no parts you can safely service byyourself. The entire SRS system must beinspected by an authorized Hyundai dealer in10 years after the date that the vehicle wasmanufactured.
o Any work on the SRS system, such as re-moving, installing, repairing, or any work onthe steering wheel must be performed by aqualified Hyundai technician. Improper han-dling of the airbag system may result inserious personal injury.
WARNING:
B240C01A
o Do not install a child restraint system inthe front passenger seat position.
A child restraint system must never beplaced in the front seat. The infant orbaby could be severely injured by an
ter and a mild soap after an accident inwhich the airbags were deployed.
o The SRS can function only when theignition key is in the "ON" position. If theSRS SRI does not come on, or continu-ously remains on, after flashing for about6 seconds when the ignition key is turnedto the "ON" position, or after the engine
is started, or comes on while driving, theSRS is not working properly. If this oc-curs, have your vehicle immediately in-spected by your Hyundai dealer.
o Before you replace a fuse or disconnecta battery terminal, turn the ignition key tothe "LOCK" position or remove the igni-tion key. Never remove or replace the airbag related fuse(s) when the ignition keyis in the "ON" position. Failure to heedthis warning will cause the SRS SRI to
illuminate.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 32/143
these precautions and procedures couldincrease the risk of personal injury.
o If you sell your vehicle, be sure to informthe new owner of these important pointsand make certain that this manual is trans-ferred to the new owner.
o If your car was flooded and has soakedcarpeting or water on the floor, you
shouldn't try to start the engine; have thecar towed to an authorized Hyundai deal-er.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 33/143
1- 24
AX
B250A02A-GAT
INSTRUMENTS AND CONTROLS
1. Side Air Vent Louver2. Panel Brightness Control Knob (Rheostat
Switch)3. Rear Wiper/Washer Switch (If installed)4. Multi-Function Light Switch5. Horn and Driver's Side Airbag
6. Windshield Wiper/Washer Switch7. Center Air Vent Louver8. Digital Clock (If installed)
9. Hazard Warning Switch10. Front Fog Light Switch (If installed)11. Audio System12. Passenger's Side Airbag13. Accessory box14. Hood Release Lever
15. Steering Wheel Tilt Lever16. Ignition Switch
17. Rear Defroster Switch (If installed)18. Air Conditioning Switch19. Cigarette Lighter20. Overdrive Switch (Auto T/A only)21. Ashtray22. Drink Holder
23. Heating/Air Conditioning Control Pa24. Glove Box
CAUTION:When installing the container of liqufreshener inside a vehicle, do not pnear the instrument cluster nor on thepad surface. If there is any leakage froair freshener onto these areas (Instrucluster, crash pad or air ventilator), damage these parts. If the liquid from freshener does leak onto these areas,them with water immediately.
22 23 241913 14 15
1 3 4 5 6 7 8 7
21201617 18
2 9 10 11 12 1
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 34/143
B260
1 2 3 4 5 6
B260A03A-AAT
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER AND INDICATOR
7
8 10 11 12 13 14 15 16
14. Low Fuel Warning Light15. Malfunction Indicator Light (MIL)16. ABS Service Reminder Indicator (If in17. Overdrive off Indicator Light (If insta18. SRS Service Reminder Indicator
19. High Beam Indicator Light
8. Door Ajar Warning Light9. Trunk Lid/Tail Gate Open Warning Light10. Parking Brake/Brake fluid Level Warning
Light11. Charging System Warning Light
12. Seat Belt Warning Light13. Oil Pressure Warning Light
1. Tachometer (If installed)2. Turn Signal Indicator Light3. Speedometer4. Trip Odometer5. Odometer
6. Fuel Gauge7. Temperature Gauge
17 18
2
9 19
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 35/143
1- 26
B260E01A-AAT
SEAT BELT REMINDER LIGHTAND CHIME
The seat belt reminder light comes on for about6 seconds when the ignition key is turned fromthe "OFF" position to "ON" or "START". If thedriver's seat belt is not fastened, the warningchime will sound at the same time.
B260G01A-AAT
OIL PRESSURE WARNINGLIGHT
CAUTION:If the oil pressure warning light stays onwhile the engine is running, serious enginedamage may result. The oil pressure warn-ing light comes on whenever there is insuf-
ficient oil pressure. In normal operation, itshould come on when the ignition switch isturned on, then go out when the engine isstarted. If the oil pressure warning lightstays on while the engine is running, thereis a serious malfunction.If this happens, stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so, turn off the engine and checkthe oil level. If the oil level is low, fill theengine oil to the proper level and start theengine again. If the light stays on with theengine running, turn the engine off immedi-ately. In any instance where the oil lightstays on when the engine is running, theengine should be checked by a Hyundaidealer before the car is driven again.
B260F01A-AAT
HIGH BEAM INDICATORLIGHT
The high beam indicator light comes on when-ever the headlights are switched to the highbeam or flash position.
B260C01A-AAT
O/D OFF INDICATOR(Auto T/A only)
When the overdrive switch is turned on, theoverdrive off indicator will go out. This amberindicator will be illuminated when the overdriveswitch is turned off (Auto T/A only).
B260D01A-AAT
TURN SIGNAL INDICATORLIGHTS
The blinking green arrow on the instrumentpanel shows the direction indicated by the turnsignals. If the arrow comes on but does notblink, blinks more rapidly than normal, or doesnot blink at all, a malfunction in the turn signalsystem is indicated. Your dealer should beconsulted for repairs.
B260H03A-AAT
PARKING BRAKE/BRAKEFLUID LEVEL WARNINGLIGHT
CAUTION:If you suspect brake trouble, have yourbrakes checked by a Hyundai dealer as soonas possible. Driving your car with a problem
in either the brake electrical system orhydraulic system is dangerous, and result in serious injury or death.
Warning Light OperationThe parking brake/brake fluid level wlight should come on when the parking bapplied and the ignition switch is turned tor "START". After the engine is started, thshould go out when the parking brakeleased.If the parking brake is not applied, the wlight should come on when the ignition swturned to "ON" or "START", then go outthe engine starts. If the light comes on other time, you should slow the vehicbring it to a complete stop in a safe locatthe roadway.The brake warning light indicates that the
fluid level in the brake master cylinder and brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or specifications should be added. After afluid, if no other trouble is found, the car be immediately and carefully drivenHyundai dealer for inspection. If further tis experienced, the vehicle should not beat all but taken to a dealer by a profestowing service.Your Hyundai is equipped with dual-diabraking systems. This means you stilbraking on two wheels even if one of th
systems should fail. With only one of thsystems working, more than normal pedael and greater pedal pressure are requ
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 36/143
stop the car. Also, the car will not stop in asshort a distance with only a portion of the brakesystem working. If the brakes fail while you aredriving, shift to a lower gear for additional en-gine braking and stop the car as soon as it issafe to do so.
B260J01A-AAT
CHARGING SYSTEMWARNING LIGHT
The charging system warning light should comeon when the ignition is turned on, then go outwhen the engine is running. If the light stays onwhile the engine is running, there is a malfunc-tion in the electrical charging system. If the lightcomes on while you are driving, stop, turn offthe engine and check under the hood. First,make certain the generator drive belt is inplace. If it is, check the tension of the belt. Do
this as shown on page 6-14 by pushing downon the center of the belt. And then have thesystem checked by your Hyundai dealer.
B260M01A-AAT
LOW FUEL LEVELWARNING LIGHT
The low fuel level warning light comes on whenthe fuel tank is approaching empty. When itcomes on, you should add fuel as soon as
B260B01A-AATSRS (AIRBAG) SERVICE
REMINDER INDICATOR (SThe SRS service reminder indicator (SRI) on and flashes for about 6 seconds afignition key is turned to the "ON" position othe engine is started, after which it will g
This light also comes on when the SRSworking properly. If the SRI does not comor continuously remains on after flashabout 6 seconds when you turned the i
key to the "ON" position or started the eor if it comes on while driving, have theinspected by an authorized Hyundai De
B260N01A-AAT
Malfunction Indicator Ligh
This light illuminates when there is a mtion of an exhaust gas related componenthe system is not functioning properly sthe exhaust gas regulation values are nisfied. This light will also illuminate whignition key is turned to the "ON" positiowill go out in a few seconds. If it illumwhile driving, or does not illuminate whignition key is turned to the "ON" positionyour car to your nearest authorized Hdealer and have the system checked.
B260L02A-AAT
Door Ajar Warning Lightand Chime (If installed)
The door ajar warning light warns you that adoor is not completely closed and the chimewarns you that the key is in the ignition switch.
NOTE :The warning chime only sounds wheneverthe key is in the ignition switch and thedriver's side front door is open simulta-neously. The chime sounds until the key isremoved from the ignition switch.
B260P02Y-GAT
ABS Service Reminder Indicator
(SRI) (If installed)When the key is turned to the "ON" position, theAnti-Lock Brake System SRI will come on andthen go off in a few seconds. If the ABS SRIremains on, comes on while driving, or does not
come on when the key is turned to the "ON"position, this indicates that there may be aproblem with the ABS.
If this occurs, have your vehicle checked byyour Hyundai dealer as soon as possible. Thenormal braking system will still be operational,but without the assistance of the anti-lock brakesystem.
CAUTION:If the both ABS SRI and Parking Brake/Brake
fluid level warning lights remain "ON" orcome on while driving, there may be a prob-lem with E.B.D (Electronic brake force distri-bution).If this occurs, avoid sudden stops and haveyour vehicle checked by your Hyundai dealeras soon as possible.
possible. Driving with the fuel level warninon or with the fuel level below "E" can cauengine to misfire and damage the caconverter.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 37/143
1- 28
B300A01A-AAT
SPEEDOMETER
Your Hyundai's speedometer is calibra
miles per hour (on the outer scale) and kters per hour (on the inner scale).
B310A01A-AAT
ODOMETERThe odometer records the total distanceled in miles. You will also find the odouseful to determine when periodic mainteshould be performed.
NOTE:Federal law forbids alteration of the od
ter of any vehicle with the intent to cthe number of the odometer. The altemay void your warranty coverage.
B270A01A-AAT
BRAKE PAD WEAR WARNINGSOUNDThe front disc brake pads have wear indicatorsthat should make a high-pitched squealing orscraping noise when new pads are needed.The sound may come and go or be heard all thetime when the vehicle is moving. It may also beheard when the brake pedal is pushed downfirmly. Expensive rotor damage will result if theworn pads are not replaced. See your Hyundaidealer immediately.
B260K02A-AAT
Trunk Lid(4Door)/Tail Gate(3Door)
Open Warning LightThis light remains on unless the trunk lid/tailgate is completely closed.
B280A01A-AAT
FUEL GAUGE
AX10480B
The needle on the gauge indicates the approxi-mate fuel level in the fuel tank. The fuel capacityis given in Section 9.
B290A02A-AAT
ENGINE COOLANT TEMPERATURE
GAUGE
AX10490B
WARNING:Never remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. The engine coolant is underpressure and could erupt and cause severeburns. Wait until the engine is cool beforeremoving the radiator cap.
The needle on the engine coolant temperaturegauge should stay in the normal range. If itmoves across the dial to "H" (Hot), pull overand stop as soon as possible and turn off the
engine. Then open the hood and check thecoolant level and the water pump drive belt. Ifyou suspect cooling system trouble, have your
cooling system checked by a Hyundai as soon as possible.
AXReset knob
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 38/143
B320A01A-AAT
TRIP ODOMETERThe trip odometer records distance in miles andtenths of a mile. It is equipped with a push-button reset feature. This allows you to returnthe trip odometer to zero by pushing in on thesmall knob beside the speedometer.
B330A02A-AAT
TACHOMETER (If installed)
AX10510A
The tachometer registers the speed of yourengine in revolutions per minute (rpm). It isuseful to help you shift at the appropriate enginespeed to avoid lugging or over-revving the en-gine.
CAUTION:The engine should not be raced to such a
speed that the needle enters the red zone onthe tachometer face. This can cause severeengine damage and may void your warranty.
B340A01A-AAT
COMBINATION TURN SIGNAL,HEADLIGHT AND LOW-BEAM SWITCHTurn Signal OperationPulling down on the lever causes the turnsignals on the left side of the car to blink.Pushing upward on the lever causes the turnsignals on the right side of the car to blink. As
the turn is completed, the lever will automati-cally return to the center position and turn offthe turn signals at the same time. If either turnsignal indicator light blinks more rapidly thanusual, goes on but does not blink, or does notgo on at all, there is a malfunction in the system.Check for a burned-out fuse or bulb or see yourHyundai dealer.
To operate the headlights, turn the barrel
end of the multi-function switch. The firstion turns on the parking lights, sidelighlights and instrument panel lights. The sposition turns on the headlights.
B340D01A-AAT
High-Beam SwitchTo turn on the headlight high beams, pulever forward (away from you). The HighIndicator Light will come on at the sameFor low beams, pull the lever back towar
B340B01A-AAT
Lane Change Signal
AX10520A
To indicate a lane change, move the lever up ordown to a point where it begins flashing.
B340C01A-AAT
Headlight Switch
AX
The lever will automatically return to the position when released.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 39/143
1- 30
AX10550A
B340E01A-AAT
Headlight Flasher
AX10540A
To flash the headlights, pull the switch levertoward you, then release it. The headlights canbe flashed even though the headlight switch isin the "OFF" position.
B350A01A-AAT
WINDSHIELD WIPER AND WASHERSWITCH
The windshield wiper switch has three posi-tions:
1. Intermittent wiper operation (If installed)2. Low-speed operation3. High-speed operation
NOTE:To prevent damage to the wiper system, do
not attempt to wipe away heavy accumula-tions of snow or ice. Accumulated snow andice should be removed manually. If there isonly a light layer of snow or ice, operate theheater in the defrost mode to melt the snowor ice before using the wiper.
Mist Wiper Operation
A
If a single wipe is desired in mist, mowindshield wiper and washer control lev
B350B02A-AAT
WINDSHIELD WASHER OPERATION
AX10570A
To use the windshield washer, pull the wiper/
washer lever toward the steering wheel. If yourvehicle is equipped with the intermittent wiperfeature, the washer fluid is sprayed onto the
glass and the wipers automatically mapasses across the windshield until the lereleased.If your vehicle is not equipped with the intent wiper feature, only washer fluid is sponto the glass until the lever is released
NOTE:
o Do not operate the washer more thseconds at a time or when the fluiervoir is empty.
o In icy or freezing weather, be suwiper blades are not frozen to theprior to operating the wipers.
o In areas where water freezes in wuse windshield washer antifreeze.
1
3
2
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 40/143
B350C01A-AAT
ADJUSTABLE INTERMITTENT
WIPER OPERATION (If installed)
AX10560A
To use the intermittent wiper feature, place thewiper switch in the "INT" position. With theswitch in this position, the interval betweenwipes can be varied in 5 positions by turning theInterval Adjuster Switch.
B390A01A-AAT
REAR WINDOW WIPER ANDWASHER (If installed)
B410A03A-1
The rear wiper and washer are turned on bypushing in on the switch. Washer fluid is sprayedonto the glass as long as the switch is de-pressed. Do not operate the washer continu-
ously for more than 15 seconds or when thefluid reservoir is empty; this could damage thesystem.Do not operate the wiper when the window isdry; this can result in scratching as well aspremature wiper blade wear. For the samereason, do not operate the washer when thewasher fluid reservoir is empty.
B370A01A-AAT
HAZARD WARNING SYSTEM
AX
The hazard warning system should bewhenever you find it necessary to stop tin a hazardous location. When you mustsuch an emergency stop, always pull oroad as far as possible.
The hazard warning lights are turned pushing in on the hazard switch. This call turn signal lights to blink. The hazarding lights will operate even though the keyin the ignition.To turn the hazard warning lights off, pusthe switch a second time.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 41/143
1- 32
B380A01A-AAT
REAR WINDOW DEFROSTERSWITCH (If installed)
AX10600A
The rear window defroster is turned on bypushing in on the switch. To turn the defrosteroff, push in on the switch a second time. Therear window defroster automatically turns itself
off after about 15 minutes. To restart the de-froster cycle, push in on the switch again afterit has turned itself off.
CAUTION:Do not clean the inner side of the rear win-dow glass with an abrasive type of glasscleaner or use a scraper to remove foreigndeposits from the inner surface of the glassas this may cause damage to the defrosterelements.
NOTE:The engine must be running for the rearwindow defroster to operate.
B400A01A-AAT
DIGITAL CLOCK (If installed)
AX10610A
There are three control buttons for the digitalclock. Their functions are:
HOUR - Push "H" to advance the hour indicat-ed.
MIN - Push "M" to advance the minute indicat-ed.RESET - Push "R" to reset minutes to ":00" tofacilitate resetting the clock to the correct time.When this is done:
Pressing "R" between 10 : 30 and 11 : 29changes the readout to 11 : 00. Pressing "R"between 11 : 30 and 12 : 29 changes thereadout to 12 : 00.
B360A02A-AAT
FRONT FOG LIGHT SWITCH
(If Installed)
To turn on the front fog lights, push the sThey will come on when the headlight swin the second position and the key is "ON" position.
AX
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 42/143
B410A01A-AAT
INSTRUMENT PANEL LIGHT CON-TROL (RHEOSTAT)
The instrument panel lights can be made bright-er or dimmer by turning the instrument panellight control knob.
B410A02A-1
B420A01A-AAT
CIGARETTE LIGHTER
For the cigarette lighter to work, the key mustbe in the "ACC" position or the "ON" position.To use the cigarette lighter, push it all the wayinto its socket. When the element has heated,the lighter will pop out to the "ready" position.Do not hold the cigarette lighter pressed in. Thiscan damage the heating element and create afire hazard.
If it is necessary to replace the cigarette lighter,use only a genuine Hyundai replacement or itsapproved equivalent.
AX10630A
B430A01S-AAT
FRONT ASHTRAY
AX10640A
The front ashtray may be opened by pulling itout by its grip. To remove the ashtray to emptyor clean it, press down on the spring-loaded tabinside the ashtray and pull it all the way out. The
ashtray light will only illuminate when the exter-nal lights are on.
B440A01A-AAT
REAR ASHTRAY (If Installed)
AX
The rear ashtray may be opened by puout by its top edge. To remove the ashempty or clean it, lift the ashtray outward at the top edge.
AX
B450A03A-AAT
DRINK HOLDER
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 43/143
1- 34
The drink holder is located on the front mainconsole for holding cups or cans in its holes.The drink holder can be used by pushing it at itstop edge.
CAUTION:Place the drink holder in its original positionwhile not in use.
WARNING:Do not place anything else on the drinkholder. Such objects can be thrown out,possibly injuring persons in the vehicle dur-ing sudden braking or in an accident.
2. Then, you can easily remove the sunshade.
To install the sunshade1. Install the hook into the holder attached on
the front of the sunroof.2. Slide and lock the sunshade into the catch.
WARNING:Never install or remove the sunshade whiledriving.
CAUTION:o Installation or removal of the sunshade
should be done with the sunroof closed.o Before driving, make sure the sunshade
is securely installed.
AS10680A
B470A01A-AAT
SUNSHADE (If installed)
To remove the sunshade
1. Pull the sunshade knob toward the front ofthe sunshade then pull down the rear of thesunshade.
AS10670A/AS10671A
B460A01A-AAT
SUNROOF (If installed)
To Tilt Up the Sunroof
The sunroof can be manually opened or c
1. Pull the handle down and then forwaup as indicated by the arrows in the ition below.
2. Push the handle at the center to losunroof in the open position.
3. After tilting up the sunroof, make suhandle is secure in place.
B460B02A-AAT
To Close the Sunroof
AS10672A/AS
1. Pull the handle toward you.2. After the sunroof has been closed, lo
handle back into position.3. Be sure that the sunroof and hand
securely closed.
WARNING:Do not close the sunroof if anyone’s harms or other body parts are betwee
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
f d th f h thi N t h d b t
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 44/143
sunroof and the sunroof sash as this maycause an injury.
CAUTION:o Do not open the sunroof in severely cold
temperatures or when it is covered withice or snow.
o Remove water drops, snow, ice or sand
from the sunroof before opening.B460D01A-AAT
To Install the Sunroof
AS10682A
1. Insert the flat hinges into the cutouts. Thensupporting the sunroof with your hands,slowly lower it.
2. Make sure both of the flat hinges are se-curely inserted into their cutouts.
3. Depress the handles of the base plate andinsert into the holes.
WARNING:o Never install or remove the sunroof while
driving.
B460C01A-AAT
To Remove the Sunroof
AS10681A
1. Remove the sunshade before removing thesunroof.
2. Pull the handle all the way downward.3. Depress the handles of the base plate to
release them from their holes.4. Raise the sunroof glass from outside of the
vehicle until it is perpendicular to the roof
panel.5. Now, you can easily remove the sunroof
from the roof panel.
WARNING:o Do not stand up or extend any portion of
your body out of the opening while thevehicle is moving.
o Do not sit on top of the vehicle aroundthe opening
o Never put your hands betweesunroof and the car's body.
o Do not drive the vehicle without certain that the sunroof is securely lin place.
B460E01A-AAT
Storing the Sunroof and the Suns
AS
There is a storage bag in the trunk. Plasunroof or sunshade into the storage bastore it in the trunk.
CAUTION:o Be careful not to place heavy obje
the bag, otherwise the sunshasunroof may be deformed or brok
o When storing the sunroof and suninto the storage bag, put the sun
on top of the sunroof.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B490A01A AAT B490B02A AAT B500A01A AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 45/143
1- 36
B490A01A-AAT
INTERIOR LIGHT (If installed)
AX10690A
The interior courtesy light has a 3-positionswitch. The three positions are:
o "l"In the "MIDDLE" position, the interior courte-
sy light comes on when any door is opened,then goes out when it is closed.o "OFF"
In the "RIGHT" position, the light stays offeven though a door is open.
o "ON"In the "LEFT" position, the light stays on atall times.
B490B02A-AAT
Interior Light (Without Sunroof)B500A01A-AAT
GLOVE BOX
B490B03A
The interior courtesy light has a 3-positionswitch. The three positions are:
o "DR"In the "MIDDLE" position, the interior courte-sy light comes on when any door is opened,then goes out when it is closed.
o "OFF"In the "LEFT" position, the light stays offeven though a door is open.
o "ON"In the "RIGHT" position, the light stays on atall times.
AX
WARNING:To avoid the possibility of injury in caccident or a sudden stop, the glovdoor should be kept closed when thein motion.
o To open the glove box, pull on the glorelease lever.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B510A01A-AAT mechanism or move the vehicle to a warm CAUTION:
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 46/143
B510D01Y-AAT
OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR HER (If installed)
AX
The outside rearview mirror heater is acin connection with the rear window defTo heat the outside rearview mirror glass
B510A01A-AAT
OUTSIDE REAR VIEW MIRROR
Manual Type
The outside rearview mirrors are equipped witha remote control for your convenience. It isoperated by the control lever in the bottom frontcorner of the window.
Before driving away, always check that yourmirrors are positioned so you can see behindyou, both to the left and right sides, as well asdirectly behind your vehicle. When using themirror, always exercise caution when attempt-ing to judge the distance of vehicles behind oralong side of you.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the mirror control is jammed with ice, donot attempt to break it free using the control
handle or by manipulating the face of themirror. Use an approved spray de-icer (notradiator antifreeze) to release the frozen
mechanism or move the vehicle to a warmplace and allow the ice to melt.
AX10720A
CAUTION:o Do not operate the switch continu
for an unnecessary length of timeo Scraping ice from the mirror face
cause permanent damage. To remoice, use a sponge, soft cloth or appdeicer.
WARNING:Be careful when judging the size or disof any object seen in the passengerear view mirror. It is a convex mirror curved surface. Objects seen in this are closer than they appear.
B510B01A-AAT
Electric Type (If installed)
AX10721A
The outside rear view mirrors can be adjustedto any direction to give the maximum rear viewvision.The remote control outside rear view mirrorswitch controls the adjustments for both rightand left door mirrors.
To adjust the position of either mirror:
1. Move the selecting switch to the right or leftto activate the adjustable mechanism for thecorresponding door mirror.
2. Next, adjust mirror angle by depressing theappropriate perimeter switch as illustrated.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
in the switch for the rear window defroster The dent causing death serious injury or prop- B530A01A-AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 47/143
1- 38
B510C01A-AAT
FOLDING THE OUTSIDE REAR VIEW
MIRRORS
To fold the outside rear view mirrors, push themtowards the rear.The outside rear view mirrors can be foldedrearward for parking in restricted areas.
WARNING:Do not adjust or fold the outside rear view
mirrors while the vehicle is moving. Thiscould result in loss of control, and an acci-
in the switch for the rear window defroster. Therearview mirror glass will be heated for defrost-ing or defogging and will give you improved rearvision in inclement weather conditions. Pushthe switch again to turn the heater off. Theoutside rearview mirror heater automaticallyturns itself off after 15 minutes.
AX10723A
dent causing death, serious injury or prop-erty damage.
B520A01A-AAT
DAY/NIGHT INSIDE REAR VIEW MIR-
ROR
AX10730A
Your Hyundai is equipped with a day/nightinside rear view mirror. The "night" position isselected by flipping the tab at the bottom of themirror toward you. In the "night" position, theglare of headlights of cars behind you is re-duced.
B530A01A AAT
PARKING BRAKE
AX
Always engage the parking brake beforeing the car. This also turns on the parkingindicator light when the key is in the "O"START" position. Before driving away, bthat the parking brake is fully released a
indicator light is off.
o To engage the parking brake, pull thup as far as possible.
o To release the parking brake, pull lever and press the thumb button. while holding the button in, lower thelever.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B110A02A-AAT B540A04A-AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 48/143
FOLDING REAR SEAT BACKS(If installed)
DX10750A
WARNING:The purpose of the fold-down rear seat backsis to allow you to carry longer objects thancould otherwise be accommodated. Do not
allow passengers to sit on top of the folded-down seat back while the car is moving asthis is not a proper seating position and noseat belts are available for use when theseat backs are folded down. This could re-sult in serious injury or death in case of anaccident or a sudden stop. Objects carriedon the folded-down seat back should notextend higher than the top of the front seats.This could allow cargo to slide forward andcause injury or damage during sudden stops.
DX10760A
For greater convenience, the entire seat backmay be folded down or the seat backs may befolded down individually.
o To unlock the seat back, pull up on the seatback locking knob, then pull forward on theseat back.
o When you return the seatback to its uprightposition, always be sure it has locked intoposition by pulling and pushing on the top ofthe seat back.
WARNING:When you return the rear seatback to itsupright position after being folded down, becareful not to damage the seat belt webbingor buckle. In addition, do not allow the seatbelt webbing or buckle to get caught orpinched in the rear seat.
TRUNK LID (4 Door)
AX1
WARNING:The trunk lid should always be keptpletely closed while the vehicle is in mIf it is left open or ajar, poisonous exgases may enter the car which could in serious injury or death to the occupSee additional warnings concerning exgases on page 2-1.
o The trunk lid is opened by first turnikey clockwise to release the lock, theing the door manually.
o To close, lower the lid, then press doit until it locks. To be sure the lid is sefastened, always try to pull it up aga
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B540F01A-AATB540B02E-AAT
WARNING
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 49/143
1- 40
B540D03A-AAT
Remote Trunk Lid Release (4 Door)
(If Installed)
AX10845A
The trunk lid is opened by pulling the lever torelease the lock, then raising the lid manually.To close, lower the lid, then press down on ituntil it locks. To be sure the lid is securelyfastened, always try to pull it up again.
WARNING:The trunk lid should always be kept com-pletely closed while the vehicle is in motion.
If it is left open or ajar, exhaust gases mayenter the car and serious illness may result.
Tailgate (3 Door)
AX
To open the tailgate, unlock it by turning tclockwise, then pull the outside handle tyou.To close, lower the tailgate and shut firengage the latch. Lock the tailgate by t
the key counterclockwise.If the vehicle is equipped with central lothe tailgate can be locked without a kepress the central door lock button after cthe tailgate.If the tailgate is open when the button pressed, the tailgate will be locked whefully closed.
WARNING:The tailgate should always be keptpletely closed while the vehicle is in m
If it is left open or ajar, poisonous exgases may enter the car which couldin serious injury or death to the occu
Your vehicle is equipped with a glow-in-the darkemergency trunk release lever located insidethe trunk. It will glow after the trunk is closed.When pulled, this lever will release the trunklatch mechanism and open the trunk.
NOTE:o If a person is locked in the trunk by one's
own will or by another person or byaccident, pull the emergency trunk re-lease lever on the driver's side of theinside panel of the trunk. This will openthe trunk lid.
o HYUNDAI recommends that cars be keptlocked and keys be kept out of the reachof children, and that parents teach theirchildren about the dangers of playing intrunks.
Trunk Lid Emergency Latch Release
B540E01A-1
Pull to openthe trunk
WARNING:Parents should teach children about theemergency trunk release lever in their ve-hicle and how to open the trunk lid if theyare accidentally locked in the trunk.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
See additional warnings concerning exhaust B560A02S-AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 50/143
g ggases on page 2-1.
B550A01F-AAT
HIGH-MOUNTED REAR STOPLIGHT (If installed)
AX10800A
In addition to the lower-mounted rear stop lightson either side of the car, the high mounted rearstop light in the center of the rear window alsocomes on when the brakes are applied.
REMOTE FUEL-FILLER LID RELEASE
The fuel-filler lid may be opened from inside thevehicle by pulling up on the fuel-filler lid openerlocated on the front floor area on the left side ofthe car.
NOTE:If the fuel-filler lid will not open because icehas formed around it, tap lightly or push onthe lid to break the ice and release the lid.Do not pry on the lid. If necessary, sprayaround the lid with an approved de-icer fluid(do not use radiator anti-freeze) or move thevehicle to a warm place and allow the ice tomelt.
AX10840A WARNING:ooooo The fuel cap must be tightened at lThe fuel cap must be tightened at lThe fuel cap must be tightened at lThe fuel cap must be tightened at lThe fuel cap must be tightened at l
clicks, otherwise " " light will clicks, otherwise " " light will clicks, otherwise " " light will clicks, otherwise " " light will clicks, otherwise " " light will nate.nate.nate.nate.nate.
o Gasoline vapors are dangerous. Brefueling, always stop the enginnever allow sparks or open flames
the filler area. If you need to replafiller cap, use a genuine Hyundai rement part.
o If you open the fuel filler cap durinambient temperatures, a slight "presound" may be heard. This is normnot a cause for concern.Whenever you open the fuel filleturn it slowly.
o Make sure the fuel filler cap is repand securely seated after fueling. F
to replace or fully seat the fuel fillwill result in fuel vapors escapin
AX1
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
the atmosphere and the check engine B571A02Y-AAT
FLOOR MAT ANCHOR
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 51/143
1- 42
p g(MIL) indicator illuminating.
o Do not "TOP-OFF" after the first nozzleshut off when refueling.
B570A01A-AAT
HOOD RELEASE
1. Pull the release knob to unlatch the hood.2. Press the safety catch lever up and lift the
hood.3. Hold the hood open with the support rod.
Before closing the hood, return the support rodto its clip to prevent it from rattling. Lower thehood until it is about 1 ft. (30 cm) above theclosed position and let it drop. Make sure that itlocks into place.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Make sure that the support rod has beenMake sure that the support rod has beenMake sure that the support rod has beenMake sure that the support rod has beenMake sure that the support rod has beenreleased prior to closing the hood.released prior to closing the hood.released prior to closing the hood.released prior to closing the hood.released prior to closing the hood.
WARNING:o Always double check to be sure that the
hood is firmly latched before drivingaway. If it is not latched, the hood couldfly open while the vehicle is being driven,causing a total loss of visibility, whichmight result in an accident.
o The support rod must be inserted com-pletely into the hole provided in the hoodwhenever you inspect the engine com-partment. This will prevent the hood fromfalling and possibly injuring you.
o Do not move the vehicle with the hood inthe raised position, as vision is obstructed
and the hood could fall or be damaged.
AX10860A
AX10870A
B57
FLOOR MAT ANCHOR
To use a floor mat on the front floor cmake sure it attaches to the floor mat ancyour vehicle.This keeps the floor mat from sliding foand possibly interfering with the movem
the pedals.
WARNING:o Make sure the floor mat is properly
on the floor carpet. If the floor maand interferes with the movement pedals during driving, It may cauaccident.
o Don't put a additional floor mat otop of the fixed mat, otherwise thetional mat may slide forward andfere with the movement of the ped
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B600A01A-AAT
STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVERB580A01A-AAT
SUN VISORB610A01A-AAT
HORN
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 52/143
STEERING WHEEL TILT LEVER(If installed)
AX10890A
To adjust the steering wheel:
1. Push the lever downward to unlock.2. Raise or lower the steering wheel to the
desired position.3. After adjustment, securely tighten the leverby pulling it upward.
WARNING:Do not attempt to adjust the steering wheelwhile driving as this may result in loss ofcontrol of the vehicle which may cause se-rious injury or death.
SUN VISOR
AX10880A
Vanity mirror
Your Hyundai is equipped with sun visors togive the driver and front passenger either fron-tal or sideward shade. The sun visors are fittedon both sides on all models. To reduce glare orto shut out direct rays of the sun, turn the sun
visor down to block the annoyance.A vanity mirror is provided on the back of thesun visor for the front passenger.
NOTE:The Supplemental Restraint System (SRS)label containing useful information can befound on the back of each sun visor.
WARNING:Do not place the sun visor in such a mannerthat it obscures visibility of the roadway,
traffic or other objects.
HORN
Press the pad on the steering wheel to the horn.
AX
B670A01A-AAT
HEATING AND VENTILATION
ROTARY TYPE (If installed)
AX110
1 2 3
4
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
windows and the air within the passill b l I d
B670C01A-AAT
AIR INTAKE CONTROLThis model has four controls for the heating and
li Th
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 53/143
1- 44
compartment will become stale. In adprolonged use of the air conditioningthe mode selected may result in within the passenger compartment being excessively dry.
This is used to select fresh outside air orrecirculation inside air.
Fresh
Recirculation
With the mode selected, air enters thevehicle from outside and is heated or cooledaccording to the other functions selected.With the mode selected, air from withinthe passenger compartment is drawn throughthe heating system and heated or cooled ac-cording to the other functions selected.
NOTE:It should be noted that prolonged operation
of the heating system in mode will giverise to misting of the windshield and side
AIR INTAKE CONTROL
AX11061A-1
B670D02A-AAT
AIR FLOW CONTROL
AX1
This is used to direct the flow of air. Air cdirected to the floor, dashboard outlets, oshield. Five symbols are used to repFace, Bi-Level, Floor, Floor-Defrost anfrost air position.
Face-LevelSelecting the "Face" mode will cause aidischarged through the face level vents
cooling system. They are:
1. Fan speed control2. Air flow control3. Temperature control4. Air intake control
B670B01A-AAT
Fan Speed Control (Blower Control)
AX11010A.
This is used to turn the blower fan on and offand to select the fan speed.The blower fan speed, and therefore the vol-ume of air delivered from the system, may becontrolled manually by setting the blower con-trol between the "1" and "4" position.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
Bi LevelB670E01A-AAT
TEMPERATURE CONTROLFor normal heating operation, set the air
t l t th f h i ( ) iti
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 54/143
Bi-LevelAir is discharged through the face vents and thefloor vents. This makes it possible to havecooler air from the dashboard vents and warmerair from the floor outlets at the same time.
Floor-Level
Air is discharged through the floor vents.
Floor-Defrost LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostvents and the floor vents.If the "Floor - Defrost" mode is selected, the A/Cwill be on automatically.
Defrost-LevelAir is discharged through the windshield defrostvents.
If the "Defrost" mode is selected, the A/C will beon automatically.
TEMPERATURE CONTROL
AX11040A
This is used to turn the heating system on andoff and to select the degree of heating desired.
B690A02A-AAT
HEATING CONTROLS
AX11060H-1
control to the fresh air ( ) position aair flow control to the floor ( ) positioFor faster heating, the air intake control sbe set in the recirculate ( ) positionIf the windows fog up, set the air flow conthe defrost ( ) position (The A/C will automatically.) and the air intake contro
fresh air ( ) position.For maximum heat, move the temperaturtrol to "Warm".
B700A01A-AAT
BI-LEVEL HEATING
AX1
Your Hyundai is equipped with bi-level hcontrols. This makes it possible to have air from the dashboard vents and warmfrom the floor outlets at the same time. T
this feature:
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B710B01A-AAT
CENTER VENTILATORB710C01A-AAT
SIDE VENTILATORo Set the air intake control to the fresh air
( ) position
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 55/143
1- 46
CENTER VENTILATOR
AX10970A
The center ventilators are located in the middleof the dashboard.To change the direction of the airflow, turn thecontrol knob on the middle of the ventilator asdesired.
AX
SIDE VENTILATOR
The side ventilators are located on each the dashboard. To change the directionair flow, turn the control knob on the midthe side ventilator as desired.
( ) position.o Set the air flow control at the bi-level
( ) position.o Set the temperature control between "Cool"
and "Warm".
B710A01A-AAT
VENTILATION
AX11060D-1
To operate the ventilation system:
o Set the air intake control at the fresh air( ) position.
o To direct all intake air to the dashboardvents, set the airflow control to the face( ) position.
o Adjust the fan speed control to the desiredspeed.
o Set the temperature control between "Cool"and "Warm".
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B720A05A-AAT
DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 56/143
NOTE:
When the A/C is operated continuously on the floor-defrost level ( ) or defrost level ( ), it may cause fog to fo
on the exterior windshield by the temperature differential. At this time set the air flow control to the face levposition ( ) and fan speed control to the low position.
Use the heating/ventilation system to defrost or defog thewindshield:
To remove the interior fog on the windshield:
o Set the air intake control to the fresh air ( ) position.o Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position. (The
A/C will be automatically engaged.)
o Set the temperature control at the desired position.
o Set the fan speed control between "1" and "4" position.
To remove frost or exterior fog on the windshie
o Activate the windshield wipers and washer to remlight frost and moisture.
o Set the air intake control to the fresh ( ) posito Set the air flow control to the defrost ( ) position.
A/C will be automatically engaged.)
o Set the temperature control to warm.
o Set the fan speed control to position "3" or "4".
DEFROSTING/DEFOGGING
B720A01A B72
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B740A01A-AAT
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCHB730A01FC-GAT
OPERATION TIPSB740B02A-AAT
AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 57/143
1- 48
AIR CONDITIONING SWITCH
(If Installed)
AX11060A-1
The air conditioning is turned on by pushing theA/C button on the heating/air conditioning con-trol panel.
OPERATION TIPSo To keep dust or unpleasant fumes from
entering the car through the ventilation sys-tem, temporarily set the air intake control atthe position.Be sure to return the control to theposition when the irritation has passed tokeep fresh air in the vehicle. This will helpkeep the driver alert and comfortable.
o Air for the heating/cooling system is drawnin through the grilles just ahead of the wind-shield. Care should be taken that these arenot blocked by leaves, snow, ice or otherobstructions.
o To prevent interior fog on the windshield, setthe air intake control to the fresh air ( )position and fan speed to the desired posi-tion.
AIR CONDITIONING OPERATION
(If Installed)
Cooling
AX11
To use the air conditioning to cool the in
o Turn on the fan control switch.
o Turn on the air conditioning switch bying in on the switch.The air conditioning indicator light come on at the same time.
o Set the air intake control to the poo Set the temperature control to "Cool".
provides maximum cooling. The temture may be moderated by moving thtrol toward "Warm".)
o Adjust the fan control to the desired sFor greater cooling, turn the fan con
one of the higher speeds or tempselect the position on the air control.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B760A04A-AAT
AIR FILTER (FOR EVAPORATORB740D01A-AAT
Operation TipsB740C01A-AAT
De-Humidified Heating
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 58/143
( O O O
BLOWER UNIT) (If installed)
B76
Filter Blower
Inside of avehicle
Outsid
Insid
Evaporator core
The air filter is located in the evaporator bthe glove box.It operates to decrease pollutants entercar and to filter the air.
CAUTION:o Replace the filter every 12,000
(20,000 km) or once a year. If the being driven in severe conditionsas dusty, rough roads, more frequefilter inspections and changes aquired.
o When the air flow rate is suddencreased, it must be checked at an arized dealer.
o If your vehicle is not equipped wit
filter, it can be installed by your dCheck with your dealer for details
Op po If the interior of the car is hot when you first
get in, open the windows for a few minutesto expel the hot air.
o When you are using the air conditioningsystem, keep all windows closed to keephot air out.
o When moving slowly, as in heavy traffic,shift to a lower gear. This increases enginespeed, which in turn increases the speed ofthe air conditioning compressor.
o On steep grades, turn the air conditioner offto avoid the possibility of the engine over-heating.
o During winter months or in periods when theair conditioner is not used regularly, run theair conditioner once every month for a fewminutes. This will help circulate the lubri-cants and keep your system in peak operat-
ing condition.
g
AX11060E-1
For dehumidified heating:o Turn on the fan control switch.o Turn on the air conditioning switch. The air
conditioning indicator light should come onat the same time.
o Set the air intake control to the fresh air( ) position.
o Set the air flow control to the face ( )position.
o Adjust the fan control to the desired speed.o For more rapid action, set the fan at one of
the higher speeds.o Adjust the temperature control to provide the
desired amount of warmth.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
FM radio stationAM receptionIonosphere
B750A02A-AAT
STEREO SOUND SYSTEM
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 59/143
1- 50
FM broadcasts are transmitted at high frecy and do not bend to follow the earth's sBecause of this, FM broadcasts generallyto fade at short distances from the stationFM signals are easily affected by buimountains, or other obstructions. Thesresult in certain listening conditions whichlead you to believe a problem exists witradio. The following conditions are normdo not indicate radio trouble:
SSIron bridges
Mountains
Obstructed area
Unobstr
area
Buildings
SSAR011A
p
AM broadcasts can be received at greater dis-tances than FM broadcasts. This is becauseAM radio waves are transmitted at low fre-quency. These long, low frequency radio wavescan follow the curvature of the earth rather thantravelling straight out into the atmosphere. Inaddition, they curve around obstructions so thatthey can provide better signal coverage.
How Car Audio Works
SSAR010A
IonosphereFM reception
AM and FM radio signals are broadcast fromtransmitter towers located around your city.They are intercepted by the radio antenna onyour car. This signal is then received by the
radio and sent to your car speakers.When a strong radio signal has reached yourvehicle, the precise engineering of your audiosystem ensures high quality reproduction. How-ever, in some cases the signal coming to yourvehicle is not strong and clear. This can be dueto factors such as the distance from the radiostation, closeness of other strong radio stationsor the presence of buildings, bridges or otherlarge obstructions in the area.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B750B02Y-AAT
Using a cellular phone or a two
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 60/143
SSAR014A
o Station Swapping - As a FM signal weak-ens, another more powerful signal near thesame frequency may begin to play. This isbecause your radio is designed to lock ontothe clearest signal. If this occurs, selectanother station with a stronger signal.
o Multi-Path Cancellation - Radio signals be-ing received from several directions cancause distortion or fluttering. This can becaused by a direct and reflected signal fromthe same station, or by signals from twostations with close frequencies. If this oc-curs, select another station until the condi-tion has passed.
radioWhen a cellular phone is used inside thecle, noise may be produced from the equipment. This does not mean that somis wrong with the audio equipment. In scase, use the cellular phone at a place as
possible from the audio equipment.
CAUTION:When using a communication systema cellular phone or a radio set insidvehicle, a separate external antennabe fitted. When a cellular phone or aset is used by using an internal analone, it may interfere with the vehelectrical system and adversely affecoperation of the vehicle.
WARNING:Don't use a cellular phone when yodriving, you must stop at a safe place a cellular phone.
SSAR013A
o Fading - As your car moves away from theradio station, the signal will weaken andsound will begin to fade. When this occurs,we suggest that you select another strongerstation.
o Flutter/Static - Weak FM signals or largeobstructions between the transmitter andyour radio can disturb the signal causingstatic or fluttering noises to occur. Reducingthe treble level may lessen this effect untilthe disturbance clears.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H210A01O-AAT
STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H210) (If Installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 61/143
1- 52
H
1. POWER ON-OFF, BALANCE, VOLUME, SCAN Control Knob
2. FADER Control Knob
3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob
4.BAND Selector
6. PRESET Station Select Button
5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
will be emphasized (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated).
6. PRESET STATION SELECT BSix (6) stations for AM, FM1 and FM2 re
H210B02O-AAT
1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME Control
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 62/143
3. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.
TREBLE Control Knob.
Further pull-lock position of popped-up knob.Turn to the left or right for the desired trebletone.
4. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.
5. TUNE (manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase or
to decrease the frequency. With the button helddown for 1 sec. or more, the stop signal (broad-casting radio wave) is ignored and channelselection continues.
SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel
Selection)Press the TUNE select button for 1 sec. ormore. When the ( ) side is pressed, the unitwill automatically tune to the next higher fre-quency and when the ( ) side is pressed, it will
automa- tically tune to the next lower frequency.
S (6) stat o s o , a d etively can be preset in the electronic mcircuit on this unit.
HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may bgrammed into the memory of the radio.
by simply pressing the band select buttoor one of the six station select buttons, yorecall any of these stations instantly. Tgram the stations, follow these steps:
o Press band selector to set the band fFM1, and FM2.
o Select the desired station to be stoseek, scan or manual tuning.
o Determine the preset station select you wish to use to access that statio
o Press the station select button for motwo seconds. A select button indicashow in the display indicating which button you have depressed. You then release the button, and proceprogram the next desired station. A t18 stations can be programmed by seone AM and two FM stations per but
o When completed, any preset station mrecalled by selecting AM, FM1 or FM2and the appropriate station button.
KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the "ACC" or "ON" position. Rotatethe knob clockwise to switch the radio unit onand to increase the volume.The LCD shows the radio frequency in the radio
mode. Turn the knob counterclockwise to re-duce the volume and to switch the radio unit off.
BAL (Balance Control) KnobPull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (Left speakersound will be attenuated.). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized (Right speaker soundwill be attenuated.).After adjusting the balance, push the knobagain to use the other function.
SCAN KnobWhen the scan knob is pressed, the frequencywill increase and the receivable stations wi ll betuned in one after another, receiving each sta-tion for 5 seconds. To stop scanning, press thescan knob again.
2. FAD (Fader Control) KnobTurn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound (Rear speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker sound
FM
AM
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H240A01O-GAT
STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H240) (If Installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 63/143
1- 54
H24
1. POWER ON/OFF, VOLUME Control Knob
5. BAND Selector
4. TUNE/SEEK Select Button 7. SCAN Button
6. PRESET Buttons 2. BASS/BALANCE Control Knob (BASS
3. TREBLE/FADER Control Knob (TRE
SEEK
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
FAD (Fader Control) KnobPull the treble control knob further out.
6. PRESET STATION SELECT BSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 re
H240B02O-AAT
1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 64/143
Turn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated)When the control knob is turned clockwise, rearspeaker sound will be emphasized.(Front speaker sound will be attenuated)
4. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.
SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel
Selection)Press the TUNE select button 0.5 sec or more,and releasing will automatically tune the nextavailable station with beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second and releasing will automatically tunethe next higher frequency and when the ( )side is pressed longer than 0.5 second andreleasing will automatically tune the next lowerfrequency.
5. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AM, FM1and FM2 bands. The mode selected is dis-played on LCD.
tively can be preset in the electronic mcircuit on this unit.
HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may bgrammed into the memory of the radio.
by simply pressing the band select buttoor one of the six station select buttons, yorecall any of these stations instantly. Tgram the stations, follow these steps:
o Press band selector to set the band fFM, and FM2.
o Select the desired station to be stoseek or manual tuning.
o Determine the preset station select you wish to use to access that statio
o Press the station select button for mo
two seconds. A select button indicashow in the display indicating which button you have depressed. The freqdisplay will flash after it has been storthe memory with beep sound. You sthen release the button, and proceprogram the next desired station. A t18 stations can be programmed by seone AM and two FM stations per but
o When completed, any preset station mrecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2and the appropriate station button.
The radio unit may be operated when the igni-tion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe tape direction indicator in the tape mode. Toswitch the power off, press the knob again.
VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.
2. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone.
BAL (Balance Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out.Turn thecontrol knob clockwise to emphasize rightspeaker sound. (Left speaker sound will beattenuated)When the control knob is turned counterclock-wise, left speaker sound will be emphasized.(Right speaker sound will be attenuated)
3. TREB (Treble Control) KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired treble tone.
FM/AM
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
7. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 65/143
1- 56
quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H240C01O-GAT
CASSETTE TAPE PLAYER OPERATION (H240) (If Installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 66/143
H240A0
3. TAPE PROGRAM Button
2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT Button
4. EJECT Button
1. FF/REW Button
6. TAPE SLOT
SEEK
5. DOLBY SELECT Button
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H240A02O-AAT
1. FF/REW Buttono The FF (fast forward tape winding) starts
NOTE:When tape operation is abnormal or ER8 faultcode is displayed, press the eject button
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 67/143
1- 58
o The FF (fast forward tape winding) startswhen the button is pressed during thePLAY or REW.
o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the FF.
o The REW (rewinding) starts when the bu-tton is pressed during the PLAY or FF.
o The play starts when the button is press-ed again during the REW.
2. AUTO MUSIC SELECT ButtonPress the button to find the starting point ofeach song in a prerecorded music tape.The quiet space between songs (must have atleast a 4 sec. gap) can be accepted by theAUTO MUSIC SELECT button.
o Pressing the button will play the beginn-
ing of the next music segment.o Pressing the button will start replay at the
beginning of the music just listened to.
3. TAPE PROGRAM ButtonThis allows you to play the reverse side of thetape by merely depressing the program button.An arrow will appear in the display to show tapedirection.
code is displayed, press the eject buttonmore than 5 seconds to reset the deck func-tion.
4. EJECT Buttono When the EJECT button is pressed with the
cassette loaded, the cassette is ejected.o When the EJECT button is pressed during
the FF/REW, the cassette is ejected.
5. DOLBY SELECT ButtonIf you get background noise during PLAY, youcan reduce this considerably by merely press-ing DOLBY SELECT button.If you want to release, press the button again.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H260A01O-AAT
STEREO RADIO OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 68/143
H26
1. POWER ON-OFF/VOLUME/BALANCE Control Knob
2. FADER Control Knob
3. BASS/TREBLE Control Knob
4. SCAN Button
6. BAND Selector
5. TUNE/SEEK Select Button
7. PRESET Button
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
3. BASS Control KnobPress to pop the knob out and turn to the left orright for the desired bass tone
6. BAND SelectorPressing the button changes the AMand FM2 bands The mode selected
H260B03O-AAT
1. POWER ON-OFF Control KnobThe radio unit may be operated when the igni-
FM/AM
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 69/143
1- 60
right for the desired bass tone.
TREB (Treble Control) KnobPull the bass control knob further out. Turn tothe left or right for the desired treble tone.
4. SCAN ButtonWhen the scan button is pressed, the fre-quency will increase and the receivable sta-tions will be tuned in one after another, receiv-ing each station for 5 seconds. To stop scan-ning, press the scan button again.
5. TUNE (Manual) Select ButtonPress the ( ) side or ( ) side to increase orto decrease the frequency. Press either buttonand hold down to continuously scroll. Releasebutton once the desired station is reached.
SEEK Operation (Automatic Channel
Selection)Press the TUNE select button for 0.5 sec ormore, and releasing will automatically tune thenext available station with beep sound.When the ( ) side is pressed longer than 0.5second and releasing will automatically tunethe next higher frequency and when the ( )side is pressed longer than 0.5 second andreleasing will automatically tune the next lower
frequency.
and FM2 bands. The mode selected played on LCD.
7. PRESET STATION SELECT BSix (6) stations for AM, FM and FM2 retively can be preset in the electronic m
circuit on this unit.
HOW TO PRESET STATIONSSix AM and twelve FM stations may bgrammed into the memory of the radio.by simply pressing the band select buttoor one of the six station select buttons, yorecall any of these stations instantly. Tgram the stations, follow these steps:
o Press band selector to set the band fFM, or FM2.
o Select the desired station to be stoseek, scan or manual tuning.
o Determine the preset station select you wish to use to access that statio
o Press the station select button for motwo seconds. A select button indicashow in the display indicating which button you have depressed. The freqdisplay will flash after it has been storthe memory.
y p gtion key is in the “ACC” or “ON” position. Pressthe knob to switch the power on. The LCDshows the radio frequency in the radio mode orthe CD track indicator in the CD mode. Toswitch the power off, press the knob again.
VOLUME ControlRotate the knob clockwise to increase the vol-ume and turn the knob counterclockwise toreduce the volume.
BALANCE ControlPull and turn the control knob clockwise toemphasize right speaker sound (Left speakersound will be attenuated). When the controlknob is turned counterclockwise, left speakersound will be emphasized. (Right speaker soundwill be attenuated)
2. FAD (Fader Control) KnobTurn the control knob counterclockwise to em-phasize front speaker sound. (Rear speakersound will be attenuated) When the controlknob is turned clockwise, rear speaker soundwill be emphasized. (Front speaker sound willbe attenuated)
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
You should then release the button, andproceed to program the next desired station.A total of 18 stations can be programmed by
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 70/143
selecting one AM and two FM stations perbutton.
o When completed, any preset station may berecalled by selecting AM, FM or FM2 bandand the appropriate station button.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
H260B01O-AAT
COMPACT DISC PLAYER OPERATION (H260) (If Installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 71/143
1- 62
H26
1.Playing CD
2. FF/REW Button
3. TRACK UP/DOWN
4. SCAN Button
5. REPEAT Button
6. EJECT Button
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B260D01O-AAT
1. Playing CDo Insert the CD with the label facing upward.
I h CD CD l b k d i
5. REPEAT Buttono To repeat the music you are listening to,
press the RPT button. To cancel , press
o This unit is made of precision parnot attempt to disassemble or adjuparts.Wh d i i hi l b
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 72/143
o Insert the CD to start CD playback, duringradio operation.
o When a disc is in the CD deck, if you pressthe play button, the CD player will beginplaying even if the radio is being used.
o The CD player can be used when the igni-
tion switch is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position.
2. FF/REW ( / )If you want to fast forward or reverse throughthe compact disc track, push and hold in the FF( ) or REW ( ) button.When you release the button, the compact discplayer will resume playing.
3. TRACK UP/DOWN
o The desired track on the disc currently beingplayed can be selected using the track num-ber.
o Press once to skip forward to the beginn-ing of the next track. Press once to skipback to the beginning of the track.
4. SCAN Buttono Press the SCAN button to playback the first
10 seconds of each track.o Press the SCAN button again within 10 sec.
for the desired track.
p , pagain.
o If you do not release RPT operation, whenthe track ends, it will automatically be re-played.This process will be continued until youpush the button again.
6. EJECT ButtonWhen the EJECT button is pressed with theCD loaded, the CD is ejected.
NOTE:o To assure proper operation of the unit,
keep the vehicle interior temperaturewithin a normal range by using thevehicle’s air conditioning or heating sys-tem.
o When replacing the fuse, replace it with afuse having the correct capacity.
o The preset station frequencies are allerased when the car battery is discon-nected. Therefore, all data will have to beset again if this should occur.
o Do not add any oil to the rotating parts.Keep magnets, screwdrivers and othermetallic objects away from the tapemechanism and head.
o This equipment is designed to be usedonly in a 12 volt DC battery system withnegative ground.
o When driving your vehicle, be skeep the volume of the unit seenough to allow you to hear soundsing from the outside.
o Do not expose this equipment (incthe speakers) to water or excessive
ture.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B890A01A-AAT
AUDIO FAULT CODE
If you see any error indication in the display while using the CD or Tape mode, find the cause in the chart below. If you cannot clear the error indik h H d i d l
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 73/143
1- 64
take the car to your Hyundai dealer.
INDICATION CAUSE SOLUTION
Er2
Er3
Er6
Er8
CDP DECK MECHANICAL ERROR(EJECT ERROR, LOADING ERROR)
FOCUS ERRORDATA READ ERROR
DISC ERROR
TAPE DECK ERRORTAPE EJECT ERROR
After resetting the audio, push the eject button.If disc is not ejected, consult your Hyundai dealer.
Make sure the disc is not scratched or damaged.Press the eject button and pull out the disc. Then insert a normal CD di
Check if the disc is inserted correctly in the CD player. Make sure the discnot scratched or damaged.
After resetting the audio, push the eject button.If tape is not ejected, consult your hyundai dealer.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B850A01F-AAT
Care of DISC
Proper Handling
Do not grip or pull out the disc with your handwhile the disc is being pulled into the unit by theSelf Loading mechanism.Do not pull the unit from the dash immediately
B860A01A-AAT
Care of Cassette Tapes
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 74/143
Do not pull the unit from the dash immediatelyafter a disc is inserted or the Eject Switch hasbeen pressed. If the unit is pulled out before anoperation is completed, the disc will be unstablein the unit and may be damaged.Do not attempt to insert a disc into the unit when
the unit is out of the dash or the power is off.
YL11240B
Handle your disc as shown. Do not drop thedisc. Hold the disc so you will not leave finger-prints on the surface. If the surface is scratched,it may cause the pickup to skip signal tracks.Do not affix tape, paper, or gummed labels onthe disc. Do not write on the disc.
Damaged DiscDo not attempt to play damaged, warped orcracked discs. It could severely damage theplayback mechanism.
StorageWhen not in use, place your discs in theirindividual case and store them in a cool placeaway from the sun, heat, and dust.
YL11250B
Keep Your Discs CleanFingerprints, dust, or soil on the surface couldcause the pickup to skip signal tracks. Wipe thesurface clean with a clean soft cloth. If thesurface is heavily soiled, dampen a clean softcloth in a solution of mild neutral detergent towipe it clean. See drawing.
SS
Proper care of your cassette tapes will ethe tape life and increase your listening ment. Always protect your tapes and cacases from direct sunlight, severely codusty conditions. When not in use, casshould always be stored in the protectiv
sette case in which they were originallplied. When the vehicle is very hot or coldthe interior temperature to become morefortable before listening to your cassette
o Never leave a cassette inserted in ther when not being played. This couldage the tape player unit and the catape.
o We strongly recommend against thetapes longer than C-60 (60 minutesTapes such as C-120 or C-180 are ve
and do not perform as well in the autoenvironment.
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
Head
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 75/143
1- 66
o Be sure that the cassette label is not looseor peeling off or tape ejection may be diffi-cult.
o Never touch or soil the actual audio tapesurfaces.
o Keep all magnetized objects, such as elec-tric motors, speakers or transformers awayfrom your cassette tapes and tape player
unit.o Store cassettes in a cool, dry place with the
open side facing down to prevent dust fromsettling in the cassette body.
o Avoid repeated fast reverse usage to replayone given tune or tape section. This cancause poor tape winding to occur, and even-tually cause excessive internal drag andpoor audio quality in the cassette. If thisoccurs, it can sometimes be corrected byfast winding the tape from end to end sever-al times. If this does not correct the problem,
do not continue to use the tape in yourvehicle.
SSAR042B
Cotton applicator
o The playback head, capstan and pinch roll-ers will develop a coating of tape residuethat can result in deterioration of soundquality, such as a wavering sound. Theyshould be cleaned monthly using a commer-cially available head cleaning tape or spe-cial solution available from audio specialtyshops. Follow the supplier’s directions care-
fully and never oil any part of the tape playerunit.
o Always be sure that the tape is tightly woundon its reel before inserting in the player.Rotate a pencil in the drive sprockets towind up any slack.
NOTE:Look at a tape before you insert it. If this loose, tighten it by turning one hubs with a pencil or your finger. If theis peeling off, do not put it in the plamay cause the tape to jam in the mechanism when you try to eject it.Do not leave tape sitting where the
exposed to high temperatures or, higmidity, such as on top of the dashboin the player. If a tape is extreme hcold, let it reach a moderate tempebefore putting it in the player.
AX11200A SS
FEATURES OF YOUR HYUNDAI
B870A01A-AAT
ANTENNA
Fixed Rod Antenna
B870B01Y-AAT
Power Antenna (If installed)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 76/143
B870A01F
Your car uses a fixed rod antenna to receiveboth AM and FM broadcast signals.This antenna is a removable type. To removethe antenna, turn it counterclockwise. To installthe antenna, turn it clockwise.
CAUTION:o Be sure to remove the antenna before
washing the car in an automatic car washor it may be damaged.
o When reinstalling your antenna, it is im-portant that it is fully tightened to ensureproper reception.
AX11230A
The antenna will automatically be extendedwhen the radio power switch is turned on whilethe ignition key is in either the "ON" or "ACC"position. The antenna will automatically be re-tracted and stored when either the radio powerswitch is turned off or the ignition key is set to
the "LOCK" position.
NOTE:o Before turning on the radio, make sure
that no one is near the antenna.o Before entering an automatic car wash
or a place with a low height clearance, besure that the antenna is retracted andstored.
o If the antenna is dirty, be sure to clean itin order to avoid an operation malfunc-tion.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
2.2.2.2.2. DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIC010A01A-AAT
WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 77/143
WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!WARNING: ENGINE EXHAUST CAN BE DANGEROUS!
Engine exhaust fumes can be extremely dangerous. If, at any time, you smell exhaust fumes inside the vehicle, open thewindows immediately.
o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.o Do not inhale exhaust fumes.Exhaust fumes contain carbon monoxide, a colorless, odorless gas that can cause unconsciousness and death byasphyxiation.
o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.o Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If you heara change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the car, have theexhaust system checked as soon as possible by your Hyundai dealer.
o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.o Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Never run the engine in yourgarage any longer than it takes to start the engine and back the car out.
o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.o Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the car.If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the car, be sure to do so only in an open areawith the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan operating at one of the higher speeds so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
If you must drive with the trunk open because you are carrying objects that make this necessary:
1. Close all windows.2. Open side vents.3. Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face" and the fan at one of the higher speeds.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, be sure the ventilation air intakes located just in front of the windshieldare kept clear of snow, ice, leaves or other obstructions.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
C020A01A-AAT
BEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBEFORE STARTING THE ENGINEBefore you start the engine, you should always:
o To start the engine, insert the ignition keyand turn it to the "START" position. Releaseit as soon as the engine starts. Do not holdthe key in the "START" position for more
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The engine should not be turned off The engine should not be turned off The engine should not be turned off The engine should not be turned off The engine should not be turned off key removed from the ignition key ckey removed from the ignition key ckey removed from the ignition key ckey removed from the ignition key ckey removed from the ignition key c
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 78/143
2- 2
1. Look around the vehicle to be sure there areno flat tires, puddles of oil or water or otherindications of possible trouble.
2. After entering the car, check to be sure theparking brake is engaged.
3. Check that all windows, and lights are clean.4. Check that the interior and exterior mirrors
are clean and in position.5. Check your seat, seatback and headrest to
be sure they are in their proper positions.6. Lock all the doors.7. Fasten your seat belt and be sure that all
other occupants have fastened theirs.8. Turn off all lights and accessories that are
not needed.9. When you turn the ignition switch to "ON",
check that all appropriate warning lights are
operating and that you have sufficient fuel.10. Check the operation of warning lights and all
bulbs when key is in the "ON" position.
y pthan 15 seconds.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if theFor safety, the engine will not start if the
clutchclutchclutchclutchclutch pedal is not depressed fullypedal is not depressed fullypedal is not depressed fullypedal is not depressed fullypedal is not depressed fully
(manual T/A) or the shift lever is not in(manual T/A) or the shift lever is not in(manual T/A) or the shift lever is not in(manual T/A) or the shift lever is not in(manual T/A) or the shift lever is not in"P""P""P""P""P" or "N" Position (auto T/A).or "N" Position (auto T/A).or "N" Position (auto T/A).or "N" Position (auto T/A).or "N" Position (auto T/A).
ooooo The ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned fromThe ignition key cannot be turned from"ACC" position to "LOCK""ACC" position to "LOCK""ACC" position to "LOCK""ACC" position to "LOCK""ACC" position to "LOCK" position un-position un-position un-position un-position un-less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)less the shift lever is in the "P" (Park)position or the negativeposition or the negativeposition or the negativeposition or the negativeposition or the negative battery terminalbattery terminalbattery terminalbattery terminalbattery terminalis disconnected from the battery. (Foris disconnected from the battery. (Foris disconnected from the battery. (Foris disconnected from the battery. (Foris disconnected from the battery. (Forauto T/A)auto T/A)auto T/A)auto T/A)auto T/A)
C030A01A-AAT
COMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCHCOMBINATION IGNITION SWITCH
To Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the EngineTo Start the Engineo If your Hyundai is equipped with a manual
transaxle, place the shift lever in neutral anddepress the clutch pedal fully.
o If your Hyundai has an automatic transaxle,place the shift lever in "P" (park). AX20010A
C040A01A-AAT
KEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONSKEY POSITIONS
while the vehicle is in motion. The swhile the vehicle is in motion. The swhile the vehicle is in motion. The swhile the vehicle is in motion. The swhile the vehicle is in motion. The swheel is locked by removing the keywheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the keywheel is locked by removing the key.wheel is locked by removing the key
ooooo "START""START""START""START""START"The engine is started in this position.
crank until you release the key.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not hold the key in the "START" pDo not hold the key in the "START" pDo not hold the key in the "START" pDo not hold the key in the "START" pDo not hold the key in the "START" pfor more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.for more than 15 seconds.
ooooo "ON""ON""ON""ON""ON"When the key is in the "ON" positioignition is on and all accessories may be on. If the engine is not running, the key not be left in the "ON" position. This w
charge the battery and may also damaignition system.
ooooo "ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC""ACC"With the key in the "ACC" position, sometrical accessories (radio etc.) may be op
ooooo "LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK""LOCK"The key can be removed or inserted position. To protect against theft, the swheel locks by removing the key.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
C050A01A-AAT
STARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTINGSTARTING3. After turning the ignition key to the
position, make certain all warning lighgauges are functioning properly beforeing the engine.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,To unlock the steering wheel, insert the key,and then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keyand then turn the steering wheel and keysimultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.simultaneously.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 79/143
AX50A01A
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Never run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyNever run the engine in a closed or poorlyventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed toventilated area any longer than is needed tomove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Themove your car in or out of the area. Thecarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlesscarbon monoxide gas emitted is odorlessand can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.and can cause serious injury or death.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be sure that the clutch is fully depBe sure that the clutch is fully depBe sure that the clutch is fully depBe sure that the clutch is fully depBe sure that the clutch is fully depwhen starting a manual transaxlewhen starting a manual transaxlewhen starting a manual transaxlewhen starting a manual transaxlewhen starting a manual transaxle vvvvvYour manual transaxle equipped vehicYour manual transaxle equipped vehicYour manual transaxle equipped vehicYour manual transaxle equipped vehicYour manual transaxle equipped vehic
not start unless thenot start unless thenot start unless thenot start unless thenot start unless the clutch pedal isclutch pedal isclutch pedal isclutch pedal isclutch pedal isdepressed. On a manual transaxle eqdepressed. On a manual transaxle eqdepressed. On a manual transaxle eqdepressed. On a manual transaxle eqdepressed. On a manual transaxle eqvehicle thatvehicle thatvehicle thatvehicle thatvehicle that can be started without decan be started without decan be started without decan be started without decan be started without deing the clutch, there is the potential to ing the clutch, there is the potential to ing the clutch, there is the potential to ing the clutch, there is the potential to ing the clutch, there is the potential to damage to the vehicle or injury to sodamage to the vehicle or injury to sodamage to the vehicle or injury to sodamage to the vehicle or injury to sodamage to the vehicle or injury to soinside or outside the vehicle asinside or outside the vehicle asinside or outside the vehicle asinside or outside the vehicle asinside or outside the vehicle as a resa resa resa resa resthe forward or backward movement the forward or backward movement the forward or backward movement the forward or backward movement the forward or backward movement vehicle that will occurvehicle that will occurvehicle that will occurvehicle that will occurvehicle that will occur if the clutch if the clutch if the clutch if the clutch if the clutch depressed when the vehicle is startedepressed when the vehicle is startedepressed when the vehicle is startedepressed when the vehicle is startedepressed when the vehicle is starte
4. Turn the ignition key to the "Start" pand release it when the engine starts
After the engine has started, allow tgine to run for 10 to 20 seconds pplacing the vehicle in gear.The starter should not be operated fothan 15 seconds at a time. Wait 15-3onds between starting attempts to the starter from overheating.
yy
C070C01A-AAT
To Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition KeyTo Remove the Ignition Key
1. Turn the ignition key to the "ACC" position.2. Simultaneously push and turn the ignitionkey counterclockwise from the "ACC" posi-tion to the "LOCK" position.
3. The key can be removed in the "LOCK"position.
AX20070A
C050B01A-AAT
Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:Normal Conditions:The Starting Procedure:
1. Insert key, and fasten the seat belt.2. Depress the clutch pedal fully and place the
gearshift lever (manual transaxle) in neutralor the selector lever (automatic transaxle) in"P" (park) position.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
put the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionput the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionput the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionput the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionput the shift lever in N(Neutral) positionand let up on the clutch. Press the clutchand let up on the clutch. Press the clutchand let up on the clutch. Press the clutchand let up on the clutch. Press the clutchand let up on the clutch. Press the clutchpedal back down, and then shift into 1pedal back down, and then shift into 1pedal back down, and then shift into 1pedal back down, and then shift into 1pedal back down, and then shift into 1ststststst
or R(Reverse) gear position.or R(Reverse) gear position.or R(Reverse) gear position.or R(Reverse) gear position.or R(Reverse) gear position.
C070D02A-AAT
Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never take the car out of gear and
down a hill. This is extremely haza
C070A03A-AAT
OPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALOPERATING THE MANUALTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 80/143
2- 4
ooooo Do not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestDo not use the shift lever as a handrestduring driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-during driving, as this can result in pre-mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.mature wear of the transaxle shift forks.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:
When downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthWhen downshifting from fifth gear to fourthgear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-gear, caution should be taken not to inad-vertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysvertently press the gear shift lever sidewaysin such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-in such a manner that second gear is en-gaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causegaged. Such a drastic downshift may causethe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthe engine speed to increase to the pointthat the tachometer will enter the white zone.that the tachometer will enter the white zone.that the tachometer will enter the white zone.that the tachometer will enter the white zone.that the tachometer will enter the white zone.Such over revving of the engine may possi-Such over revving of the engine may possi-Such over revving of the engine may possi-Such over revving of the engine may possi-Such over revving of the engine may possi-bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.bly cause engine damage.
C070B01A-AAT
Using the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchUsing the ClutchThe clutch should be pressed all the way to thefloor before shifting, then released slowly. Donot rest your foot on the clutch pedal whiledriving. This can cause unnecessary wear.Do not partially engage the clutch to hold thecar on an incline. This causes unnecessarywear. Use the parking brake to hold the car onan incline. Do not operate the clutch pedalrapidly and repeatedly.
Always leave the car in gear.o Don't "ride" the brakes. This can
them to overheat and malfunction. Iwhen you are driving down a long hidown and shift to a lower gear. When
this, engine braking will help slow theo Slow down before shifting to a lowe
This will help avoid over-revving the which can cause damage.
o Slow down when you encounter cross This gives you much better control ocar.
o Be sure the car is completely stoppfore you attempt to shift into reversetransaxle can be damaged if you do nshift into reverse, depress the clutch,the shift lever to neutral, wait three se
then shift to the reverse position.o Exercise extreme caution when driving
slippery surface. Be especially carefubraking, accelerating or shifting gears.slippery surface, an abrupt change incle speed can cause the drive whelose traction and the vehicle to go control.
Your Hyundai's manual transaxle has a con-ventional shift pattern. This shift pattern is alsoimprinted on the shift knob. The transaxle isfully synchronized in all forward gears so shift-ing to either a higher or a lower gear is easily
accomplished.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo To shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever inTo shift into reverse, rest the lever in
neutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourneutral for at least 3 seconds after yourcar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movecar is completely stopped. Then movethe lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.the lever into the reverse position.
ooooo During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-During cold weather, shifting may be dif-ficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant hasficult until the transaxle lubricant haswarmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-warmed up. This is normal and not harm-ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.ful to the transaxle.
ooooo If you 've come to a complete stop andIf you 've come to a complete stop andIf you 've come to a complete stop andIf you 've come to a complete stop andIf you 've come to a complete stop and
it's hard to shift into 1it's hard to shift into 1it's hard to shift into 1it's hard to shift into 1it's hard to shift into 1ststststst or R(Reverse),or R(Reverse),or R(Reverse),or R(Reverse),or R(Reverse),
6AC070A1
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if
you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.
C090A01A-AAT
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEAUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEFor optimum fuel economy, accelerate ally. The transaxle will automatically shift second, third and overdrive gears.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 81/143
ay speedsay speedsy py py pooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.
ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-
way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.
ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than aperson wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.
The shift points as shown above are recom-
mended for optimum fuel economy and per-formance.
C070E03A-AAT
RECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTSRECOMMENDED SHIFT POINTS
Shift
from-to
1-2
2-3
3-4
4-5
Recommended
mph (km/h)
15 (20)
25 (40)
35 (55)
45 (75)
C090B01A-AAT
The function of each position The function of each position The function of each position The function of each position The function of each position
follows:follows:follows:follows:follows:
o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):o P (Park):Use to hold the vehicle in place when parwhile starting the engine; shift the selectoto the "P" (Park) position. Whenever pthe car, apply the parking brake and shselector lever to the "P" (Park) position.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never place the selector lever in thNever place the selector lever in thNever place the selector lever in thNever place the selector lever in thNever place the selector lever in th(Park) position unless the vehicle is(Park) position unless the vehicle is(Park) position unless the vehicle is(Park) position unless the vehicle is(Park) position unless the vehicle isstopped. Failure to observe this cautiostopped. Failure to observe this cautiostopped. Failure to observe this cautiostopped. Failure to observe this cautiostopped. Failure to observe this cautio
cause severe damage to the transaxlcause severe damage to the transaxlcause severe damage to the transaxlcause severe damage to the transaxlcause severe damage to the transaxl
C090C01A-AAT
o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):o R(Reverse):Use for backing up the vehicle. Bring thea complete stop before shifting the slever to "R" position.
AX20080J
The highly efficient Hyundai automatic transaxlehas four forward speeds and one reverse speed.It has a conventional shift pattern as shown inthe illustration. At night, with the multi-functionswitch turned on to the parking light or headlight position the appropriate symbol on the shift
pattern indicator will be illuminated according tothe range selected.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Never shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whileNever shift into "R" or "P" position whilethe car is moving.the car is moving.the car is moving.the car is moving.the car is moving.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Depress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push theDepress the brake pedal and push thebutton when shiftingbutton when shiftingbutton when shiftingbutton when shiftingbutton when shiftingPush the button when shiftingPush the button when shiftingPush the button when shiftingPush the button when shiftingPush the button when shiftingThe selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.The selector lever can be shifted freely.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
When downshifting to "L", the transaxle willtemporarily remain in second gear until thevehicle has slowed enough for low gear toengage. Do not exceed 31 mph (50 km/h) in low
"P" (Park) position and turn off th"P" (Park) position and turn off the"P" (Park) position and turn off th"P" (Park) position and turn off the"P" (Park) position and turn off thtion when you leave the vehicle,tion when you leave the vehicle,tion when you leave the vehicle,tion when you leave the vehicle,tion when you leave the vehicle,momentarily. Never leave the vehicmomentarily. Never leave the vehicmomentarily. Never leave the vehicmomentarily. Never leave the vehicmomentarily. Never leave the vehicattended while the engine is runnattended while the engine is runnattended while the engine is runnattended while the engine is runnattended while the engine is runn
oo Ch k th t ti t l fl idCh k th t ti t l fl idCheck the a tomatic transa le fl idCheck the a tomatic transa le fl idCh k th t ti t l fl id
C090D02A-AAT
o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):o N (Neutral):In the "N" position, the transaxle is in neutralposition, which means that no gears are en-
d Th i b t t d ith th hift
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 82/143
2- 6
C090F01A-AAT
o 2 (Second gear):o 2 (Second gear):o 2 (Second gear):o 2 (Second gear):o 2 (Second gear):Use for driving on a slippery road, hill climbing
or engine braking downhill. "2" automaticallyshifts between first and second gears.This means that no shift-up to 3rd gear isperformed. However, the shift-up to third gear isdone when the car speed exceeds a certainvalue to prevent the engine from over-revving.Manually move the selector to "D" returning tonormal driving condition.
gear.
C090H01A-AAT
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:ooooo For smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depressFor smooth and safe operation, depress
the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-the brake pedal when shifting from "Neu-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-tral" position or "Park" position to a for-ward or reverse gear.ward or reverse gear.ward or reverse gear.ward or reverse gear.ward or reverse gear.
ooooo The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"The ignition key must be in the "ON"position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-position and the brake pedal fully de-pressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverpressed in order to move the shift leverfrom the "P" (Park) position to any of thefrom the "P" (Park) position to any of thefrom the "P" (Park) position to any of thefrom the "P" (Park) position to any of thefrom the "P" (Park) position to any of theother positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.other positions.
ooooo It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R",It is always possible to shift from "R","N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-"N", "D", "2", "L" position to "P" posi-tion.tion.tion.tion.tion.
ooooo Check the automatic transaxle fluidCheck the automatic transaxle fluidCheck the automatic transaxle fluidCheck the automatic transaxle fluidCheck the automatic transaxle fluidregularly, and add fluid as necessregularly, and add fluid as necessregularly, and add fluid as necessregularly, and add fluid as necessregularly, and add fluid as necess
If you cannot move the shift lever from t(Park) position to any other position wbrake pedal fully depressed and the ignitioin the "ON" position, remove the cap oconsole with a thin object such as a push the shift lock release button down. with the brake pedal depressed, move thlever to the desired position, then the shrelease button will automatically return original position after shifting from the "P" position. Then, reinstall the cap.
Have the system checked by your Hdealer.
JC110J4-A
SHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If instalSHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If instalSHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If instalSHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If instalSHIFT LOCK RELEASE (If instal
AS
gaged. The engine can be started with the shiftlever in "N" position, although this is not recom-mended except if the engine stalls while the caris moving.
C090E01A-AAT
o D (Drive):o D (Drive):o D (Drive):o D (Drive):o D (Drive):Use for normal driving. The transaxle will auto-matically shift through a four-gear sequence.Never downshift manually to "2" position or "L"position when vehicle speed is more than 60mph (96 km/h).
C090G01A-AAT
o L (Low gear):o L (Low gear):o L (Low gear):o L (Low gear):o L (Low gear):Use for driving up a very steep grade or forengine braking when descending steep hills.
C090I01A-AAT
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Shift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only whenShift into "R" and "P" position only when
the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.the vehicle has completely stopped.ooooo Do not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverseDo not accelerate the engine in reverse
or any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with theor any of the forward positions with thebrakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.brakes applied.
ooooo Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-Always apply the footbrake when shift-ing from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" oring from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" oring from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" oring from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" oring from "P" or "N", to "R", "D", "2" or"L" position."L" position."L" position."L" position."L" position.
ooooo Do not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position inDo not use the "P" (Park) position in
place of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setplace of the parking brake. Always setthe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle intothe parking brake, shift the transaxle into
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
upshifting and downshifting between the 3rdand 4th gear is needed when climbing agentle slope, it is recommended that theoverdrive switch be turned off. Turn theoverdrive switch back on immediately after
C090N02A-AAT
Good Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving PracticesGood Driving Practiceso Never move the gear selector lever from "P"
or "N" to any other position with the acceler-ator pedal depressed
C090P01A-AAT
Overdrive SwitchOverdrive SwitchOverdrive SwitchOverdrive SwitchOverdrive Switch
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 83/143
overdrive switch back on immediately after-ward.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo The risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased ifThe risk of rollover is greatly increased if
you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-you lose control of your vehicle at high-way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.way speeds.ooooo Loss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two orLoss of control often occurs if two or
more wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andmore wheels drop off the roadway andthe driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-the driver oversteers to reenter the road-way.way.way.way.way.
ooooo In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-In the event your vehicle leaves the road-way, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowway, do not steer sharply. Instead, slowdown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the traveldown before pulling back into the travellanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.lanes.
ooooo In a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personIn a collision crash, an unbelted personis significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than ais significantly more likely to die than a
person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.person wearing a seatbelt.
ator pedal depressed.o Never move the gear selector lever into "P"
when the vehicle is in motion.o Be sure the car is completely stopped be-
fore you attempt to shift into "R".
o Never take the car out of gear and coastdown a hill. This may be extremely hazard-ous. Always leave the car in gear whenmoving.
o Do not "ride" the brakes. This can causethem to overheat and malfunction. Instead,when you are driving down a long hill, slowdown and shift to a lower gear. When you dothis, engine braking will help slow the car.
o Slow down before shifting to a lower gear.Otherwise, the lower gear may not be en-gaged.
o Always use the parking brake. Do not de-pend on placing the transaxle in "P" to keepthe car from moving.
o Exercise extreme caution when driving on aslippery surface. Be especially careful whenbraking, accelerating or shifting gears. On aslippery surface, an abrupt change in vehi-cle speed can cause the drive wheels tolose traction and the vehicle to go out ofcontrol.
o Turn the overdrive switch on for good fueleconomy and smooth driving. If engine brak-ing is needed in the "D" range or if repeated
AX
When the overdrive switch is turned otransaxle will automatically upshift to thond, third and overdrive gears. When thedrive switch is turned off, the transaxle wupshift to the overdrive gear. For normaing, the selector lever should be left in t
position and the overdrive switch turnedIf you need to accelerate rapidly, preaccelerator pedal all the way to the flootransaxle will automatically shift to a lowedepending on the vehicle speed and loa
C130A01A-AAT
GOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICESGOOD BRAKING PRACTICES
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Nothing should be carried on top Nothing should be carried on top Nothing should be carried on top Nothing should be carried on top Nothing should be carried on top
shelf panel behind the rear seat. If shelf panel behind the rear seat. If shelf panel behind the rear seat. If shelf panel behind the rear seat. If shelf panel behind the rear seat. If were an accident or a sudden stop,were an accident or a sudden stop,were an accident or a sudden stop,were an accident or a sudden stop,were an accident or a sudden stop,
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIC120A02A-AAT
ANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEMANTI-LOCK BRAKE SYSTEM(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)(If installed)The Anti-Lock Brake System (ABS) is deto prevent wheel lock-up during sudden b
straight ahead while you slow down. Whenyou are moving slowly enough for it to besafe to do so, pull off the road and stop in asafe place.
o If your car is equipped with an automatic
objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-objects could move forward and cause dam-age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.age to the vehicle or injure the occupants.
o After being parked, check to be sure theparking brake is not engaged and that the
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 84/143
2- 8
to prevent wheel lock up during sudden bor on hazardous road surfaces. The ABtrol module monitors the wheel speed antrols the pressure applied to each brakein emergency situations or on slick road
will increase vehicle control during brak
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:During ABS operation, a slight pulDuring ABS operation, a slight pulDuring ABS operation, a slight pulDuring ABS operation, a slight pulDuring ABS operation, a slight pulmay be felt in the brakemay be felt in the brakemay be felt in the brakemay be felt in the brakemay be felt in the brake pedal whpedal whepedal whpedal whepedal whbrakes are applied. Also, a noise mbrakes are applied. Also, a noise mbrakes are applied. Also, a noise mbrakes are applied. Also, a noise mbrakes are applied. Also, a noise mheard in the engineheard in the engineheard in the engineheard in the engineheard in the engine compartment whilecompartment whilecompartment whilecompartment whilecompartment whileing. These conditions are normal anding. These conditions are normal anding. These conditions are normal anding. These conditions are normal anding. These conditions are normal andcate that thecate that thecate that thecate that thecate that the anti-lock brake system isanti-lock brake system isanti-lock brake system isanti-lock brake system isanti-lock brake system istioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.tioning properly.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:
ABS will not prevent accidents due ABS will not prevent accidents due ABS will not prevent accidents due ABS will not prevent accidents due ABS will not prevent accidents due proper or dangerousproper or dangerousproper or dangerousproper or dangerousproper or dangerous driving manedriving manedriving manedriving manedriving maneEven though vehicle control is impEven though vehicle control is impEven though vehicle control is impEven though vehicle control is impEven though vehicle control is impduring emergencyduring emergencyduring emergencyduring emergencyduring emergency braking, always mbraking, always mbraking, always mbraking, always mbraking, always ma safe distance between you and oa safe distance between you and oa safe distance between you and oa safe distance between you and oa safe distance between you and oahead. Vehicleahead. Vehicleahead. Vehicleahead. Vehicleahead. Vehicle speeds should alwaspeeds should alwaspeeds should alwaspeeds should alwaspeeds should alwareduced during extreme road conditireduced during extreme road conditireduced during extreme road conditireduced during extreme road conditireduced during extreme road conditiThe braking distance for cars equippeThe braking distance for cars equippeThe braking distance for cars equippeThe braking distance for cars equippeThe braking distance for cars equippean anti-lock braking systeman anti-lock braking systeman anti-lock braking systeman anti-lock braking systeman anti-lock braking system may be may be may be may be may be than for those without it in the folthan for those without it in the follthan for those without it in the folthan for those without it in the follthan for those without it in the folroad conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.road conditions.
o If your car is equipped with an automatictransaxle, don't let your car creep forward.To avoid creeping forward, keep your footon the brake pedal when the car is stopped.
o Use caution when parking on a hill. Engage
the parking brake and place the gear selec-tor lever in "P" (automatic transaxle) or infirst or reverse gear (manual transaxle). Ifyour car is facing downhill, turn the frontwheels into the curb to help keep the carfrom rolling. If your car is facing uphill, turnthe front wheels away from the curb to helpkeep the car from rolling. If there is no curbor if it is required by other conditions to keepthe car from rolling, block the wheels.
o Under some conditions your parking brakecan freeze in the engaged position. This is
most likely to happen when there is anaccumulation of snow or ice around or nearthe rear brakes or if the brakes are wet. Ifthere is a risk that the parking brake mayfreeze, apply it only temporarily while youput the gear selector lever in "P" (automatic)or in first or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and block the rear wheels so the car cannotroll. Then release the parking brake.
o Do not hold the vehicle on the upgrade withthe accelerator pedal. This can cause thetransmission to overheat. Always use the
brake pedal or parking brake.
parking brake is not engaged and that theparking brake indicator light is out beforedriving away.
o Driving through water may get the brakeswet. They can also get wet when the car is
washed. Wet brakes can be dangerous!Your car will not stop as quickly if the brakesare wet. Wet brakes may cause the car topull to one side. To dry the brakes, apply thebrakes lightly until the braking action returnsto normal, taking care to keep the car undercontrol at all times. If the braking action doesnot return to normal, stop as soon as it issafe to do so and call your Hyundai dealerfor assistance.
o Don't coast down hills with the car out ofgear. This is extremely hazardous. Keep the
car in gear at all times, use the brakes toslow down, then shift to a lower gear so thatengine braking will help you maintain a safespeed.
o Don't "ride" the brake pedal. Resting yourfoot on the brake pedal while driving can bedangerous because it can result in the brakesoverheating and losing their effectiveness. Italso increases the wear of the brake compo-nents.
o If a tire goes flat while you are driving, applythe brakes gently and keep the car pointed
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAI
o Don't "ride" the brake or clutch pedal. Thiscan increase fuel consumption and alsoincrease wear on these components. In ad-dition, driving with your foot resting on thebrake pedal may cause the brakes to over-
o Travel lightly. Don't carry unnecessary in your car. Weight reduces fuel eco
o Don't let the engine idle longer than sary. If you are waiting (and not in turn off your engine and restart only
ooooo Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-Driving on rough, gravel or snow-cov-ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.ered roads.
ooooo Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.Driving with tire chains installed.ooooo Driving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surfaceDriving on roads where the road surface
is pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has different surface heightsurface heightsurface heightsurface heightsurface height
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 85/143
brake pedal may cause the brakes to overheat, which reduces their effectiveness andmay lead to more serious consequences.
o Take care of your tires. Keep them inflatedto the recommended pressure. Incorrect in-
flation, either too much or too little, results inunnecessary tire wear. Check the tire pres-sures at least once a month.
o Be sure that the wheels are aligned correct-ly. Improper alignment can result from hittingcurbs or driving too fast over irregular sur-faces. Poor alignment causes faster tirewear and may also result in other problemsas well as greater fuel consumption.
o Keep your car in good condition. For betterfuel economy and reduced maintenancecosts, maintain your car in accordance with
the maintenance schedule in Section 5. Ifyou drive your car in severe conditions,more frequent maintenance is required (seeSection 5 for details).
o Keep your car clean. For maximum service,your Hyundai should be kept clean and freeof corrosive materials. It is especially impor-tant that mud, dirt, ice, etc. not be allowed toaccumulate on the underside of the car. Thisextra weight can result in increased fuelconsumption and also contribute to corro-sion.
turn off your engine and restart onlyyou're ready to go.
o Remember, your Hyundai does not extended warm-up. As soon as the enrunning smoothly, you can drive aw
very cold weather, however, give yogine a slightly longer warm-up periodo Don't "lug" or "over-rev" the engine. L
is driving too slowly in too high aresulting in the engine bucking. If thipens, shift to a lower gear. Over-revracing the engine beyond its safe limcan be avoided by shifting at the mended speeds.
o Use your air conditioning sparingly. Tconditioning system is operated by power so your fuel economy is re
when you use it.
C150A01A-AAT
SMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGSMOOTH CORNERINGAvoid braking or gear changing in cespecially when roads are wet. Ideally, should always be taken under gentle action. If you follow these suggestions, tirewill be held to a minimum.
is pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has differentis pitted or has different surface height.surface height.surface height.surface height.surface height.
These roads should be driven at reducedThese roads should be driven at reducedThese roads should be driven at reducedThese roads should be driven at reducedThese roads should be driven at reducedspeeds. The safety featuresspeeds. The safety featuresspeeds. The safety featuresspeeds. The safety featuresspeeds. The safety features of an ABSof an ABSof an ABSof an ABSof an ABSequipped vehicle should not be tested byequipped vehicle should not be tested byequipped vehicle should not be tested byequipped vehicle should not be tested byequipped vehicle should not be tested by
high speed driving or cornering.high speed driving or cornering.high speed driving or cornering.high speed driving or cornering.high speed driving or cornering. This couldThis couldThis couldThis couldThis couldendanger the safety of yourself or others.endanger the safety of yourself or others.endanger the safety of yourself or others.endanger the safety of yourself or others.endanger the safety of yourself or others.
C140A01A-AAT
DRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYDRIVING FOR ECONOMYYou can save fuel and get more miles from yourcar if you follow these suggestions:
o Drive smoothly. Accelerate at a moderaterate. Don't make "jack-rabbit" starts or full-throttle shifts and maintain a steady cruising
speed. Don't race between stoplights. Try toadjust your speed to that of the other trafficso you don't have to change speeds unnec-essarily. Avoid heavy traffic whenever pos-sible. Always maintain a safe distance fromother vehicles so you can avoid unneces-sary braking. This also reduces brake wear.
o Drive at a moderate speed. The faster youdrive, the more fuel your car uses. Driving ata moderate speed, especially on the high-way, is one of the most effective ways toreduce fuel consumption.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIC160F01A-AAT
Check Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and IgnitionCheck Spark Plugs and Ignition
SystemSystemSystemSystemSystemInspect your spark plugs as described intion 6 and replace them if necessary
C160C01A-AAT
Use High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene GlycolUse High Quality Ethylene Glycol
CoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantCoolantYour Hyundai is delivered with high qualityethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system It
C160A01A-AAT
WINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGWINTER DRIVINGThe more severe weather conditions of winterresult in greater wear and other problems. Tominimize the problems of winter driving, you
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 86/143
2- 10
C160H01A-AATUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WiUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WiUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WiUse Approved Anti-Freeze in WiUse Approved Anti-Freeze in Wi
Washer SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemWasher SystemTo keep the water in the window washetem from freezing, add an approved antisolution in accordance with instructions container. Window washer anti-freeze isable from Hyundai dealers and most autooutlets. Do not use engine coolant ortypes of anti-freeze as these may damafinish.
C160D01A-AAT
Check Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesCheck Battery and CablesWinter puts additional burdens on the batterysystem. Visually inspect the battery and cablesas described in Section 6. The level of chargein your battery can be checked by your Hyundai
dealer or a service station.
C160E01A-AAT
Change to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil ifChange to "Winter Weight" Oil if
NecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryNecessaryIn some climates it is recommended that alower viscosity "winter weight" oil be used dur-ing cold weather. See Section 9 for recommen-dations. If you aren’t sure what weight oil youshould use, consult your Hyundai dealer.
tion 6 and replace them if necessary. check all ignition wiring and componentssure they are not cracked, worn or damaany way.
C160G01A-AAT
To Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo Keep Locks from FreezingTo keep the locks from freezing, squapproved de-icer fluid or glycerine into thopening. If a lock is covered with ice, swith an approved de-icing fluid to remoice. If the lock is frozen internally, you mable to thaw it out by using a heateHandle the heated key with care to avoiding the fingers.
ethylene glycol coolant in the cooling system. Itis the only type of coolant that should be usedbecause it helps prevent corrosion in the cool-ing system, lubricates the water pump andprevents freezing. Be sure to replace or replen-
ish your coolant in accordance with the main-tenance schedule in Section 5. Before winter,have your coolant tested to assure that itsfreezing point is sufficient for the temperaturesanticipated during the winter.
minimize the problems of winter driving, youshould follow these suggestions:
C160B01A-AAT
Snowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy ConditionsSnowy or Icy Conditions
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it may benecessary to use snow tires or to install tirechains on your tires. If snow tires are needed,it is necessary to select tires equivalent in sizeand type to the original equipment tires. Failureto do so may adversely affect the safety andhandling of your car. Furthermore, speeding,rapid acceleration, sudden brake applications,and sharp turns are potentially very hazardouspractices.During deceleration, use engine braking to thefullest extent. Sudden brake applications on
snowy or icy roads may cause skids to occur.You need to keep sufficient distance betweenthe vehicle in operation in front and your ve-hicle. Also, apply the brake gently. It should benoted that installing tire chains on the tire willprovide a greater driving force, but will notprevent side skids.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Tire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. CheckTire chains are not legal in all states. Checkstate laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.state laws before fitting tire chains.
DRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIDRIVING YOUR HYUNDAIC160I01A-AAT
Don’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeDon’t Let Your Parking Brake FreezeUnder some conditions your parking brake canfreeze in the engaged position. This is mostlikely to happen when there is an accumulation
C170A01A-AAT
HIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORINGHIGHER SPEED MOTORING
Pre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip InspectionsPre-Trip Inspections1. Tires;Adjust the tire inflation pressures for highway
C190A01A-AAT
TRAILER TOWINGTRAILER TOWINGTRAILER TOWINGTRAILER TOWINGTRAILER TOWING
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 87/143
y ppof snow or ice around or near the rear brakes orif the brakes are wet. If you think the parkingbrake may freeze, apply it only temporarilywhile you put the gear selector lever in "P"
(automatic) or in first or reverse gear (manualtransaxle) and block the rear wheels so the carcannot roll. Then release the parking brake.
C160K01A-AAT
Carry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentCarry Emergency EquipmentDepending on the severity of the weather whereyou drive your car, you should carry appropri-ate emergency equipment. Some of the itemsyou may want to carry include tire chains, towstraps or chains, flashlight, emergency flares,sand, a shovel, jumper cables, a windowscraper, gloves, ground cloth, coveralls, a blan-ket, etc.
C160J01A-AAT
Don’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow AccumulateDon’t Let Ice and Snow Accumulate
UnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnderneathUnder some conditions, snow and ice can buildup under the fenders and interfere with thesteering. When driving in severe winter condi-tions where this may happen, you should peri-odically check underneath the car to be sure
the movement of the front wheels and thesteering components is not obstructed.
Adjust the tire inflation pressures for highwaydriving. Low tire inflation pressures will result inoverheating and possible failure of the tires.Avoid using worn or damaged tires which mayresult in reduced traction or tire failure.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Never exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationNever exceed the maximum tire inflationpressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.pressure shown on the tires.
2. Fuel, engine coolant and engine oil; Highspeed travel consumes 1.5 times more fuelthan urban motoring. Do not forget to checkboth engine coolant and engine oil.
3. Drive belt;A loose or damaged drive belt may result in
overheating of the engine.
C180A01A-AAT
USE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSUSE OF LIGHTSCheck your lights regularly for correct operationand always keep them clean. When drivingduring the day in conditions of poor visibility, itis helpful to drive with headlights on low beam.This enables you to be seen as well as to see.
C1
Your Hyundai should not be used to trailer. It is designed to be compact and good fuel economy, and is not designedtrailer-towing vehicle. Damages or malfucaused by towing may not be covered limited warranties applying to your HyDamages or malfunctions that result froming a trailer for commercial purposes arcifically not covered by Hyundai limited wties.
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
3. WHAT TO DO IN AN
EMERGENCY
D010D01A-AAT
If the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While DrivingIf the Engine Stalls While Driving1. Reduce your speed gradually, kee
straight line. Move cautiously off the ra safe place.
2. Check the battery connections to be surethey are clean and tight.
3. Turn on the interior light. If the light dims orgoes out when you operate the starter, thebattery is discharged.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 88/143
D010B01A-AAT
If Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsIf Engine Doesn't Turn Over or TurnsOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver SlowlyOver Slowly
D010A01A-AAT
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT STARTIF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orIf the engine will not start, do not push orpull the car topull the car topull the car topull the car topull the car to start it. This could result in astart it. This could result in astart it. This could result in astart it. This could result in astart it. This could result in acollision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-collision or cause other damage. In addi-tion,tion,tion,tion,tion, push or pull starting may cause thepush or pull starting may cause thepush or pull starting may cause thepush or pull starting may cause thepush or pull starting may cause thecatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcatalytic converter to be overloaded andcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.
AX30010A
1. If your car has an automatic transaxle, be
sure the gear selector lever is in "N" or "P"and the emergency brake is set.
D010C01A-AAT
If Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesIf Engine Turns Over Normally but DoesNot StartNot StartNot StartNot StartNot Start
Spark plugSpark plugSpark plugSpark plugSpark plugCoilCoilCoilCoilCoil
AS30020A
1. Check fuel level.2. Check all connectors at ignition, coil and
spark plugs. Reconnect any that may bedisconnected or loose.
3. Check the fuel line in the engine room.4. If the engine still refuses to start, call a
Hyundai dealer or seek other qualified as-sistance.
p2. Turn on your emergency flashers.3. Try to start the engine again. If your v
will not start, contact a Hyundai deaseek other qualified assistance.
y g4. Check the starter connections to be sure
they are securely tightened.5. Do not push or pull the vehicle to start it. See
instructions for "Jump Starting".
D020A02A-AAT
JUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTINGJUMP STARTING
AX
Negative to the enginenot to the battery
Booster bat
Positive to pos
Dead battery
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The gas produced by the battery duriThe gas produced by the battery duriThe gas produced by the battery duriThe gas produced by the battery duriThe gas produced by the battery durijump-start operation is highly explosjump-start operation is highly explosjump-start operation is highly explosjump-start operation is highly explosjump-start operation is highly explosthese instructions are not followed exthese instructions are not followed exthese instructions are not followed exthese instructions are not followed exthese instructions are not followed exserious personal injury and damage serious personal injury and damage serious personal injury and damage serious personal injury and damage serious personal injury and damage vehicle may occur! If you are not survehicle may occur! If you are not survehicle may occur! If you are not survehicle may occur! If you are not survehicle may occur! If you are not surto follow this procedure, seek qualifito follow this procedure, seek qualifito follow this procedure, seek qualifito follow this procedure, seek qualifito follow this procedure, seek qualifisistance. Automobile batteries contasistance. Automobile batteries contasistance. Automobile batteries contasistance. Automobile batteries contasistance. Automobile batteries contafuric acid. This is poisonous and furic acid. This is poisonous and furic acid. This is poisonous and furic acid. This is poisonous and furic acid. This is poisonous and
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYcable of the booster battery. Next, using theother cable, attach one clamp to the nega-tive (-) post or cable of the booster battery.Then attach the other end of that cable to asolid metal part of the engine away from the
corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-corrosive. When jump starting, wear protec-tive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid ontive glasses and be careful not to get acid onyourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.yourself, your clothing or on the car.
o If you should accidentally get acid on your
D030A01A-AAT
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIF THE ENGINE OVERHEATSIf your temperature gauge indicates oveing, you experience a loss of power, oloud pinging or knocking, the engine is pr
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 89/143
3-2
battery. Do not connect the cable to anymoving part.
4. Start the engine in the car with the boosterbattery and let it run for a few minutes. This
will help to assure that the booster battery isfully charged. During the jumping operation,run the engine in this vehicle at about 2000rpm.
5. Start your engine using the normal startingprocedure. After the engine starts, leave the
jumper cables connected and let the enginerun at fast idle or about 2000 rpm for severalminutes.
6. Carefully remove the jumper cables in thereverse order of attachment.
If you do not know why your battery becamedischarged (because the lights were left on,etc.), have the charging system checked byyour Hyundai dealer.
o If you should accidentally get acid on yourskin or in your eyes, immediately removeany contaminated clothing and flush thearea with clear water for at least 15 minutes.Then promptly obtain medical attention. If
you must be transported to an emergencyfacility, continue to apply water to the affect-ed area with a sponge or cloth.
o The gas produced by the battery during the jump-start operation is highly explosive. Donot smoke or allow a spark or open flame inthe vicinity.
o The battery being used to provide the jumpstart must be 12-volt. If you cannot deter-mine that it is a 12-volt battery, do notattempt to use it for the jump start.
o To jump start a car with a discharged bat-
tery, follow this procedure exactly:
1. If the booster battery is installed in anothervehicle, be sure the two vehicles are nottouching.
2. Turn off all unnecessary lights and acces-sories in both vehicles.
3. Attach the clamps of the jumper cable in theexact location shown on the previous page.First, attach one clamp of the jumper cableto the positive (+) post or cable of the dis-charged battery. Then attach the other end
of the same cable to the positive (+) post or
too hot. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon safe to do so.
2. Place the gear selector lever in "P"matic), or neutral (manual transaxle) athe parking brake. If the air conditioneturn it off.
3. If coolant is running out under the steam is coming out from the hood, stengine. Do not open the hood until theant has stopped running or the steamistopped. If there is no visible loss of cand no steam, leave the engine runnincheck to be sure the engine coolingoperating. If the fan is not running, tu
engine off.4. Check to see if the water pump drive
missing. If it is not missing, check to sit is tight. If the drive belt seems satisfactory, check for coolant leakinthe radiator, hoses or under the car.air conditioner had been in use, it is nfor cold water to be draining from ityou stop).
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:While the engine is running, keep hands,While the engine is running, keep hands,While the engine is running, keep hands,While the engine is running, keep hands,While the engine is running, keep hands,long hair and clothing away from movinglong hair and clothing away from movinglong hair and clothing away from movinglong hair and clothing away from movinglong hair and clothing away from movingparts such as the fan and drive belts toparts such as the fan and drive belts toparts such as the fan and drive belts toparts such as the fan and drive belts toparts such as the fan and drive belts toprevent injuryprevent injuryprevent injuryprevent injuryprevent injury
D040A01A-AAT
SPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIRESPARE TIREThe following instructions for the temporaryspare tire should be observed:
C
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Do not use snow chains with youDo not use snow chains with youDo not use snow chains with youDo not use snow chains with youDo not use snow chains with you
porary spareporary spareporary spareporary spareporary spare tire.tire.tire.tire.tire.ooooo Do not use more than one tempDo not use more than one tempDo not use more than one tempDo not use more than one tempDo not use more than one temp
spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.spare tire at a time.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 90/143
Tire Size
Inflation Pressure
prevent injury.prevent injury.prevent injury.prevent injury.prevent injury.
5. If the water pump drive belt is broken orcoolant is leaking out, stop the engine im-mediately and call the nearest Hyundai deal-
er for assistance.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beengine is hot. This may allow coolant to beblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousblown out of the opening and cause seriousburns.burns.burns.burns.burns.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the overheat-ing, wait until the engine temperature hasreturned to normal. Then, if coolant hasbeen lost, carefully remove the radiator capand add water to bring the fluid level in thereservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping alert for fur-ther signs of overheating. If overheating hap-pens again, call a Hyundai dealer for assis-tance.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Serious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aSerious loss of coolant indicates there is aleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldleak in the cooling system and this shouldbe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundaibe checked as soon as possible by a Hyundai
dealer.dealer.dealer.dealer.dealer.
D040B01A-AAT
Handling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare TireHandling the Spare Tire
Spare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire PressureSpare Tire Pressure
1. Check inflation pressure as soon as is prac-tical after installing the spare tire, and adjustto the specified pressure. The tire pressureshould be periodically checked and main-tained at the specified pressure while thetire is stored.
2. The spare tire should only be used tempo-rarily and should be returned to the luggagecompartment as soon as the original tire canbe repaired or replaced.
3. Continuous use at speeds of over 50 mph(80 km/h) is not recommended.
4. As the temporary spare tire is specificallydesigned for your car, it should not be usedon any other vehicle.
5. The temporary spare tire should not be usedon any other wheels, nor should standardtires, snow tires, wheel covers or trim ringsbe used with the temporary spare wheel. Ifsuch use is attempted, damage to theseitems or other car components may occur.
6. The temporary spare tire pressure should
be checked once a month while the tire isstored.
T105/70D14
60 psi (420 kPa)
D0
Remove the installation bolt to remove thetire. To replace the spare tire in its scompartment, tighten the bolt firmly witfingers until there is no more play in thetire.
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
D050A01A-AAT
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIREIf a tire goes flat while you are driving:
1. Take your foot off the accelerator pedal andl t th l d hil d i i t i ht
D060A01A-AAT
CHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRECHANGING A FLAT TIRED060B01E-AAT
1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool1. Obtain Spare Tire and Tool
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 91/143
3-4
let the car slow down while driving straightahead. Do not apply the brakes immediatelyor attempt to pull off the road as this maycause a loss of control. When the car hasslowed to such a speed that it is safe to doso, brake carefully and pull off the road.Drive off the road as far as possible andpark on firm, level ground. If you are on adivided highway, do not park in the medianarea between the two traffic lanes.
2. When the car is stopped, turn on your emer-gency hazard flashers, set the parking brakeand put the transaxle in "P" (automatic) orreverse (manual transaxle).
3. Have all passengers get out of the car. Besure they all get out on the side of the car
that is away from traffic.4. Change the tire following the instructionsprovided on the following pages.
AS30050A
The procedure described on the following pagescan be used to rotate tires as well as to changea flat tire. When preparing to change a flat tire,check to be sure the gear selector lever is in "P"(automatic) or reverse gear (manual transaxle)and that the parking brake is set, then:
Remove the spare tire and take out the jatool bag from the trunk.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:The jack is located beneath the luggagThe jack is located beneath the luggagThe jack is located beneath the luggagThe jack is located beneath the luggagThe jack is located beneath the luggagin the vehicle trunk.in the vehicle trunk.in the vehicle trunk.in the vehicle trunk.in the vehicle trunk.
D0
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYD060C01A-AAT
2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel2. Block the Wheel
Flat tire
The wheel nuts should be loosened slightlybefore raising the car. To loosen the nuts, turnthe wrench handle counterclockwise. Whendoing this, be sure that the socket is seatedcompletely over the nut so it cannot slip off. Formaximum leverage position the wrench so the
D060F02E-AAT
5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car5. Raising the Car
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 92/143
Block the wheel that is diagonally opposite fromthe flat to keep the vehicle from rolling when thecar is raised on the jack.
SSA3050D
D060D01A-AAT
3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts3. Loosen Wheel Nuts
AS30090A
maximum leverage, position the wrench so thehandle is to the right as shown in the drawing.Then, while holding the wrench near the end ofthe handle, pull up on it with steady pressure.Do not remove the nuts at this time. Just loosenthem about one-half turn.
D060E01A-AAT
4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place4. Put the Jack in Place
D060E01A
The base of the jack should be placed on firm,level ground. The jack should be positioned asshown in the drawing.
After inserting a wrench bar into the whewrench, install the wrench bar into the jshown in the drawing. To raise the vehicthe wheel nut wrench clockwise. As thbegins to raise the vehicle, double checkis properly positioned and will not slip.
jack is on soft ground or sand, place a brick, flat stone or other object under theof the jack to keep it from sinking.Raise the car high enough so that thinflated spare tire can be installed. To dyou will need more ground clearance trequired to remove the flat tire.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not get under the car when it is suDo not get under the car when it is suDo not get under the car when it is suDo not get under the car when it is suDo not get under the car when it is sued by the jack! This is very dangerous ed by the jack! This is very dangerous ed by the jack! This is very dangerous ed by the jack! This is very dangerous ed by the jack! This is very dangerous vehicle could fall and cause serious vehicle could fall and cause serious vehicle could fall and cause serious vehicle could fall and cause serious vehicle could fall and cause serious or death. No one should stay in the caror death. No one should stay in the caror death. No one should stay in the caror death. No one should stay in the caror death. No one should stay in the carthe jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.the jack is being used.
HF
Wrench bar
Wheel nut w
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
D060H01A-AAT
7. Re-install Wheel Nuts7. Re-install Wheel Nuts7. Re-install Wheel Nuts7. Re-install Wheel Nuts7. Re-install Wheel NutsD060G01Y-AAT
6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels6. Changing Wheels
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 93/143
3-6
AS30130A
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Wheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpWheels and wheel covers may have sharpedges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-edges. Handle them carefully to avoid pos-sible severe injury.sible severe injury.sible severe injury.sible severe injury.sible severe injury.Before putting the wheel into place, be sureBefore putting the wheel into place, be sureBefore putting the wheel into place, be sureBefore putting the wheel into place, be sureBefore putting the wheel into place, be surethat there is nothing on the hub or wheelthat there is nothing on the hub or wheelthat there is nothing on the hub or wheelthat there is nothing on the hub or wheelthat there is nothing on the hub or wheel(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-(such as mud, tar, gravel, etc.) that inter-feres with the wheel fitting solidly againstferes with the wheel fitting solidly againstferes with the wheel fitting solidly againstferes with the wheel fitting solidly againstferes with the wheel fitting solidly against
the hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notthe hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notthe hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notthe hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notthe hub. If there is, remove it. If there is notgood contact on the mounting surface be-good contact on the mounting surface be-good contact on the mounting surface be-good contact on the mounting surface be-good contact on the mounting surface be-tween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutstween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutstween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutstween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutstween the wheel and hub, the wheel nutscould loosen and cause the loss of a wheel.could loosen and cause the loss of a wheel.could loosen and cause the loss of a wheel.could loosen and cause the loss of a wheel.could loosen and cause the loss of a wheel.Loss of a wheel may result in loss of controlLoss of a wheel may result in loss of controlLoss of a wheel may result in loss of controlLoss of a wheel may result in loss of controlLoss of a wheel may result in loss of controlof the vehicle. This may cause serious injuryof the vehicle. This may cause serious injuryof the vehicle. This may cause serious injuryof the vehicle. This may cause serious injuryof the vehicle. This may cause serious injuryor death.or death.or death.or death.or death.
AS
To re-install the wheel cover, hold it ostuds, put the wheel nuts on the studtighten them finger tight. The nuts shoinstalled with their small diameter ends dinward. Jiggle the tire to be sure it is comseated, then tighten the nuts as much asible with your fingers again.
AS30120A
Remove the wheel cover (if installed) from thewheel. Then loosen the wheel nuts and removethem with your figers and slide the wheel off thestuds and lay it flat so it cannot roll away. Toput the spare wheel on the hub, pick up thespare tire, line up the holes with the studs andslide the wheel onto them. If this is difficult, tip
the wheel slightly and get the top hole in thewheel lined up with the top stud. Then jiggle thewheel back and forth until the wheel can be slidover the other studs.
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYD060I01E-GAT
8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten Nuts8. Lower Vehicle and Tighten NutsD080A01A-AAT
IF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDIF YOUR CAR MUST BE TOWEDD060J01E-AAT
After Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing WheelsAfter Changing Wheels
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 94/143
AS30150A
Lower the car to the ground by turning thewheel nut wrench counterclockwise. Then posi-tion the wrench as shown in the drawing andtighten the wheel nuts. Be sure the socket isseated completely over the nut. Do not stand onthe wrench or use an extension pipe over thewrench handle.Go around the wheel tightening every other nutuntil they are all tight. Then double-check eachnut for tightness. After changing wheels, have atechnician tighten the wheel nuts to their propertorque as soon as possible.
Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Wheel nut tightening torque:Steel wheel & aluminium alloy wheel:65-80 lb.ft (900-1,100 kg.cm)
o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICL
SSA
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Your car can be damaged if towed Your car can be damaged if towed Your car can be damaged if towed Your car can be damaged if towed Your car can be damaged if towed rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!rectly!
If your car has to be towed, it should be dyour Hyundai dealer or a commercial towservice. This will help assure that yournot damaged in towing. Also, professionagenerally aware of state and local laws ging towing. In any case, rather than riskage to your car, it is suggested that youthis information to the tow truck operatsure that a safety chain system is used aall state and local laws are observed.
If you have a tire gauge, remove the valve capand check the air pressure. If the pressure islower than recommended, drive slowly to thenearest service station and inflate to the correctpressure. If it is too high, adjust it until it iscorrect. Always reinstall the valve cap afterchecking or adjusting tire pressure. If the cap isnot replaced, air may leak from the tire. If youlose a valve cap, buy another and install it assoon as possible.After you have changed wheels, always securethe flat tire in its place in the trunk and return the
jack and tools to their proper storage locations.
I100A01A
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCY
D080B01A-AAT
TOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTOWING A CAR WITH MANUALTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE
D080C02A-AAT
TOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTOWING A CAR WITH AUTOMATICTRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLETRANSAXLE
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 95/143
3-8
o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUALTRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICLEWITH NO DAMAGE
SSA3090A
o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.
o If the car is being towed with the frontwheels on the ground, be sure that thetransaxle is in neutral. Also, be sure that the
ignition key is in the "ACC" position. This isnecessary to prevent damage to the steer-ing lock mechanism, which is not designedto hold the front wheels straight while the caris being towed.
o If any of the loaded wheels or suspensioncomponents are damaged, a towing dollymust be used.
o NOT OK FOR AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLEEQUIPPED VEHICLE
o OK FOR MANUAL TRANSAXLE
SSA3100A
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldA car with an automatic transaxle shouldnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontnever be towed from the rear with the frontwheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-wheels on the ground. This can cause seri-ous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustous damage to the transaxle. If the car mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe towed from the rear, a towing dolly mustbe used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.be used under the front wheels.
o If the car is being towed with the rear wheelson the ground, be sure the parking brake isreleased.
o OK FOR AUTOMATIC OR MANUATRANSAXLE EQUIPPED VEHICL
SSA
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Before towing, check the level of theBefore towing, check the level of theBefore towing, check the level of theBefore towing, check the level of theBefore towing, check the level of thesaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" ransaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" ransaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" ransaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" ransaxle fluid. If it is below the "HOT" ranthe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannothe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannothe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannothe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannothe dipstick, add fluid. If you cannofluid, a towing dolly must be used afluid, a towing dolly must be used afluid, a towing dolly must be used afluid, a towing dolly must be used afluid, a towing dolly must be used ascribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.scribed above.
WHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYWHAT TO DO IN AN EMERGENCYD080D02A-AAT
EMERGENCY TOWINGEMERGENCY TOWINGEMERGENCY TOWINGEMERGENCY TOWINGEMERGENCY TOWINGCAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:If the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelsIf the car is being towed with all four wheelson the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from theon the ground, it can be towed only from thefront. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.front. Be sure that the transaxle is in neutral.Do not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mphDo not tow at speeds greater than 30 mph(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25(50 km/h) and for more than 15 miles (25
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 96/143
AX30220A
For emergency towing when no commercialtow vehicle is available, attach a tow cable,chain or strap to one of the tie-down hooksunder the front of your car. Do not attempt totow your vehicle in this manner on any unpavedsurface. This may result in serious damage toyour car.Nor should it be attempted if the wheels, drivetrain, axles, steering or brakes are damaged.Before towing, be sure the transaxle is in neu-tral and the key in "ACC" (with the engine off)or in the "ON" position (with the engine run-ning). A driver must be in the towed car to steerit and operate the brakes.
D120A01A-AAT
IF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIF YOU LOSE YOUR KEYSIf you lose your keys, many Hyundai dealerscan make you a new key if you have your keynumber.If you lock the keys inside your car and youcannot obtain a new key, many Hyundai deal-ers can use special tools to open the door foryou.
(50 / ) a d o o e t a 5 es ( 5(50 / ) a d o o e t a 5 es ( 5( ) (( ) ((50 ) a d o o e t a 5 es ( 5km). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked bykm). Be sure the steering is unlocked byplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Aplacing the key in the "ACC" position. Adriver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-driver must be in the towed vehicle to oper-ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.ate the steering and brakes.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CAREE020A01A-AAT
TO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONTO HELP PREVENT CORROSIONYou can help prevent corrosion from gstarted by observing the following:
E020B01A-AAT
Keep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car Clean
E010C01A-AAT
High-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasHigh-Corrosion AreasIf you live in an area where your car is regularlyexposed to corrosive materials, corrosion pro-tection is particularly important. Some of thecommon causes of accelerated corrosion are
4.4.4.4.4. CORRCORRCORRCORRCORROSIONOSIONOSIONOSIONOSION
PREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION ANDPREVENTION AND
APPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCEAPPEARANCE
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 97/143
Keep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanKeep Your Car CleanThe best way to prevent corrosion is toyour car clean and free of corrosive matAttention to the underside of the car is p
larly important.
o If you live in a high-corrosion area —road salts are used, near the ocean,with industrial pollution, acid rain, etc.should take extra care to prevent corIn winter, hose off the underside of yoat least once a month and be sure tothe underside thoroughly when winover.
o When cleaning underneath the caparticular attention to the components
the fenders and other areas that are hfrom view. Do a thorough job; just daing the accumulated mud rather thaning it away will accelerate corrosion than prevent it. Water under high preand steam are particularly effectivemoving accumulated mud and cormaterials.
o When cleaning lower door panels, panels and frame members, be surdrain holes are kept open so that mocan escape and not be trapped insidecelerate corrosion.
E010B01A-AAT
Common Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionCommon Causes of CorrosionThe most common causes of corrosion on yourcar are:
o Road salt, dirt and moisture that is allowedto accumulate underneath the car.
o Removal of paint or protective coatings bystones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapesand dents which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
E010A01A-AAT
CORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTIONCORROSION PROTECTION
Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-Protecting Your Hyundai from Corro-
sionsionsionsionsionBy using the most advanced design and con-struction practices to combat corrosion, Hyundaiproduces cars of the highest quality. However,this is only part of the job. To achieve the longterm corrosion resistance your Hyundai candeliver, the owner's cooperation and assistance
is also required.
road salts, dust control chemicals, ocean airand industrial pollution.
E010D01A-AAT
Moisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture Breeds CorrosionMoisture creates the conditions in which corro-sion is most likely to occur. For example, cor-rosion is accelerated by high humidity, particu-larly when temperatures are just above freez-ing. In such conditions, the corrosive material iskept in contact with the car surfaces by mois-ture that is slow to evaporate.Mud is a particular enemy of corrosion protec-tion because it is slow to dry and holds moisturein contact with the vehicle. Even though themud appears to be dry, it can still retain mois-ture and promote corrosion.High temperatures can also accelerate corro-sion of parts that are not properly ventilated sothe moisture can be dispersed. For all thesereasons, it is particularly important to keep yourcar clean and free of mud or accumulations ofother materials. This applies not only on thevisible surfaces but particularly to the undersideof the car.
CARECARECARECARECARE
CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE
E020C01A-AAT
Keep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryKeep Your Garage DryDon’t park your car in a damp, poorly ventilatedgarage. This creates a favorable environmentfor corrosion. This is particularly true if youwash your car in the garage or drive it into the
E030A01A-AAT
WASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXINGWASHING AND WAXING
Washing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiWashing Your HyundaiNever wash your car when the surface is hotfrom being in the sun. Always wash your car inthe shade
To clean whitewall tires, use a stiff brsoap-impregnated steel-wool scouring
To clean plastic wheel covers, use asponge or soft cloth and water.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 98/143
4-2
garage when it is still wet or covered with snow,ice or mud. Even a heated garage can contrib-ute to corrosion unless it is well ventilated somoisture is dispersed.
E020D01A-AAT
Keep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionKeep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionKeep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionKeep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionKeep Paint and Trim in Good ConditionScratches or chips in the finish should be cov-ered with "touch-up" paint as soon as possibleto reduce the possibility of corrosion. If baremetal is showing through, the attention of aqualified body and paint shop is recommended.
E020E01A-AAT
Don’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorDon’t Neglect the InteriorMoisture can collect under the floor mats andcarpeting to cause corrosion. Check under themats periodically to be sure the carpeting is dry.Use particular care if you carry fertilizers, clean-ing materials or chemicals in the car.These should be carried only in proper contain-ers and any spills or leaks should be cleanedup, flushed with clear water and thoroughlydried.
the shade.
Wash your car frequently. Dirt is abrasive andcan scratch the paint if it is not removed. Air
pollution or acid rain may damage the paint andtrim through chemical action if pollutants areallowed to remain in contact with the surface. Ifyou live near the ocean or in an area whereroad salts or dust control chemicals are used,you should pay particular attention to the under-side of the car. Start by rinsing the car toremove dust and loose dirt. In winter, or if youhave driven through mud or muddy water, besure to thoroughly clean the underside as well.Use a hard direct stream of water to removeaccumulations of mud or corrosive materials.
Use a good quality car-washing solution andfollow the manufacturer's directions on the pack-age. These are available at your Hyundai deal-er or auto parts outlet. Don't use strong house-hold detergents, gasoline, strong solvents orabrasive cleaning powders as these may dam-age the finish.
Use a clean sponge or cloth, rinse it frequentlyand don't damage the finish by rubbing toohard. For stubborn spots, dampen them fre-quently and remove them a little at a time.
To clean cast aluminum alloy wheels, mild soap or neutral detergent. Do noabrasive cleaners. Protect the bare-metfaces by cleaning, polishing and waxin
cause aluminum is subject to corrosion, bto give aluminum alloy wheels special attin winter. If you drive on salted roads, clewheels thoroughly afterwards.
After washing, be sure to rinse thorougsoapy water dries on the finish, streakiresult.
When the weather is warm and the hulow, you may find it necessary to rinse
section immediately after washing to streaking.
After rinsing, dry the car using a damp chor soft, absorbent cloth. The reason for the car is to remove water from the car sdry without water spots. Don't rub, thdamage the finish.
If you find any nicks or scratches in theuse touch-up paint to cover them to pcorrosion. To protect the paintwork of t
against corrosion, you must clean your H
CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE(at least once a month). Give special attentionto the removal of salt, mud and other substanc-es on the underside of the splashboards of thecar. Make sure that the outlets and the under-side of the doors are open. Paint damage canbe caused by small accumulation of tar, indus-
E030C01A-AAT
Polishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingPolishing and WaxingAlways wash and dry the car before polishingor waxing or using a combination cleaner andwax. Use a good quality commercial productand follow the manufacturer’s directions on the
o Do not expose the bumpers to higperatures. For example, if you havecar repainted, do not leave the bumpthe car if the car is going to be placehigh-temperature paint booth.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 99/143
trial precipitation, tree resin, insects and birddroppings, when not removed immediately.If water alone is not strong enough to removethe accumulated dirt, use a mild car washing
solution. Be sure to rinse the surface afterwashing to remove the solution. Never allowthe solution to dry on the painted surfaces.
container. Polish and wax the bright trim piecesas well as the paint.
E030B01A-AAT
Spot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningSpot CleaningDon't use gasoline, strong solvents or corrosivecleaning agents. These can damage the finishof the car. To remove road tar, use turpentineon a clean, soft cloth. Be gentle.
To remove dead insects or tree sap, use warmwater and mild soap or car-washing solution.Soak the spot and rub gently. If the paint haslost its luster, use a commercial car-cleaningpolish.
E030D01A-AAT
When to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainWhen to Wax AgainYou should polish and wax the car again whenwater no longer beads on a clean surface butspreads out over a larger area.
E030E01A-AAT
Maintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersMaintaining BumpersSpecial precautions must be observed to pre-serve the appearance of the bumpers on yourHyundai. They are:
o Be careful not to spill battery electrolyte orhydraulic brake fluid on the bumpers. If youdo, wash it off immediately with clean water.
o Be gentle when cleaning the bumper sur-faces. They are made of soft plastic and thesurface can be damaged if mistreated. Donot use abrasive cleaners. Use warm waterand mild soap or car-washing solution.
E040A01A-AAT
CLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIORCLEANING THE INTERIOR
To Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl UpholsteryTo Clean the Vinyl Upholstery
To clean the vinyl upholstery, first removedirt and dust with a vacuum cleaner. Thena solution of mild soap or detergent andusing a clean sponge or soft cloth. Allowstay on the surface to loosen the dirt, thewith a clean damp sponge or cloth. If all tstains are not removed, repeat this procuntil the upholstery is clean. Do not useline, solvent, paint thinner or other strongers.
E040B01A-AAT
To Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather UpholsteryTo Clean the Leather Upholstery(If Installed)(If Installed)(If Installed)(If Installed)(If Installed)In the normal course of use, leather uphosurfaces will, like any material, pick-up dudirt. This dust and dirt must be cleanedoff or it may work into the surface of the lecausing damage.
Fine leather needs care, and should be cwhen necessary. Washing leather thorwith soap and water will keep your l
lustrous, beautiful and ensure you haveyears of wear.
CORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARECORROSION PREVENTION AND APPEARANCE CARE
Take a piece of cheese cloth and using anymild soap and lukewarm water, work up a goodlather. Thoroughly wash the leather. Wipe cleanwith a slightly damp cloth and dry with softcloth. Do this as often as the leather becomessoiled.
E040D01A-AAT
Cleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsCleaning the Seat BeltsTo clean the seat belts, use a cloth or spongewith mild soap or detergent and warm water. Donot use strong detergents, dye, bleach or abra-sive materials on the seat belts as this may
k th f b i
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 100/143
4-4
During tanning operations, sufficient oils areincorporated through processing that none needbe applied during the life of the leather. Oil
applied to the finished surface will in no wayhelp the leather and may do more harm thangood. Varnishes and furniture polishes shouldnever be used under any conditions.
E040C01A-AAT
Cleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsCleaning the CarpetsUse a foam-type carpet cleaner. Cleaners ofthis type are available in aerosol cans in liquidform or powder. Read the instructions and fol-low them exactly. Using a vacuum cleaner with
the appropriate attachment, remove as muchdirt from the carpets as possible. Apply thefoam following the manufacturer's directions,then rub in overlapping circles. Do not addwater. These cleaners work best when thecarpet is kept as dry as possible.
E050A01A-AAT
Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?Any Questions?
If you have any questions about the care ofyour car, consult your Hyundai dealer.
weaken the fabric.While cleaning the belts, inspect them for ex-cessive wear, cuts, fraying or other signs ofdamage and replace them if necessary.
E040E01A-AAT
Cleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsCleaning the WindowsYou may use any household window cleaner onthe windows. However, when cleaning the in-side of the rear window be careful not to dam-age the rear window defroster wiring.
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
5.5.5.5.5. VEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLE
MAINTENANCEMAINTENANCEMAINTENANCEMAINTENANCEMAINTENANCE
REQREQREQREQREQUIREMENTSUIREMENTSUIREMENTSUIREMENTSUIREMENTS
F010C01A-AAT
Specified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresSpecified Scheduled ProceduresThese are the procedures such as inspections,adjustments and replacements that are listed inthe maintenance charts starting on page 5-4.These procedures must be performed at theintervals shown in the maintenance schedule to
F010E01A-AAT
Do-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceDo-It-Yourself MaintenanceIf you are mechanically inclined, own a fewthat are required and want to take the timso, you can inspect and service a numitems. For more information about doing self see Section 6
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 101/143
F010B01A-AAT
Maintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsMaintenance RequirementsThe maintenance required for your Hyundaican be divided into three main areas:
o Specified scheduled procedureso General checks
o Do-it-yourself maintenance
F020A02A-AAT
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCE
QUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSo Inspection should be performed any
malfunction is experienced or suspeco Receipts for all emission control s
services should be retained to demon
F010A01A-AAT
MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RE-MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RE-MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RE-MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RE-MAINTENANCE AND SERVICE RE-QUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSQUIREMENTSTo ensure that you receive the greatest numberof miles of satisfying operation from yourHyundai, certain maintenance procedures mustbe performed. Although careful design and en-gineering have reduced these to a minimum,those that are required are of the utmost impor-tance.It is your responsibility to have these mainte-nance procedures performed to comply with theterms of the warranties covering your newHyundai. The Owner's Handbook supplied withyour new vehicle provides further informationabout these warranties.
intervals shown in the maintenance schedule toassure that your warranty remains in effect.Although it is strongly recommended that theybe performed by the factory-trained or distribu-
tor-trained technicians at your Hyundai dealer,these procedures may be performed at anyqualified service facility.It is suggested that genuine Hyundai serviceparts be used for any required repairs or re-placements. Other parts of equivalent qualitysuch as engine oil, engine coolant, manual orauto transaxle oil, brake fluid and so on whichare not supplied by Hyundai Motor Company orits distributor may be used without affectingyour warranty coverage but you should alwaysbe sure these are equivalent to the quality of theoriginal Hyundai parts. Your Service Passportprovides further information about your warran-ty coverage.
self, see Section 6.
F010D01A-AAT
General ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksGeneral ChecksThese are the regular checks you should per-form when you drive your Hyundai or you fill thefuel tank. A list of these items will be found onpage 6-3.
F010F01A-AAT
A Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few TipsA Few Tipso Whenever you have your Hyundai se
keep copies of the service records iglovebox. This will help ensure that yodocument that the required procedurebeen performed to keep your warraneffect. This is especially importantservice is not performed by an authHyundai dealer.
o If you choose to do your own mainteand repairs, you may find it helpful tan official Hyundai Shop Manual. A c
this publication may be purchased aHyundai dealer's parts department.
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
compliance with conditions of the emissionssystem warranty.
o After 120 months or 150,000 miles (240,000km), continue to follow the prescribed main-tenance intervals.
o For severe usage maintenance require-ments see page 5 5 of this section
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 102/143
5- 2
ments, see page 5-5 of this section.
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
F030B02A-AAT
F030A01A-AAT
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCESCHEDULED MAINTENANCEThe following maintenance services must be performed to assure good vehicle control and performance. Keep receipts for all vehicle services to protewarranty. Where both mileage and time are shown, the frequency of service is determined by whichever occurs first.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 103/143
MILES X 1000
KILOMETERS X 1000
MONTHS
F030B02A-AAT
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
EMISSION CONTROL ITEMS
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
FUEL FILTER
FUEL LINES, FUEL HOSES AND CONNECTIONS
VACUUM AND CRANKCASE VENTILATION HOSES
VAPOR HOSE AND FUEL FILLER CAPAIR CLEANER FILTER
SPARK PLUGS
No. DESCRIPTION
1
2
3
4
56
7
7.5
12
6
R
15
24
12
R
22.5
36
18
R
30
48
24
R
I
IR
R
37.5
60
30
R
45
72
36
R
52.5
84
42
R
R
I
60
96
48
R
I
IR
R
67.5
108
54
R
75
120
60
R
82.5
132
66
R
90
144
72
R
I
IR
R
97.5
156
78
R
105
168
84
R
R
I
112.5
180
90
R
120
192
96
R
I
IR
R
127.5
204
102
R
135
216
108
R
142
22
11
R
F030B
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
F030C09A-AAT
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
GENERAL ITEMS
No. DESCRIPTION
MILES X 1000
KILOMETERS X 1000
MONTHS
7.5
12
6
15
24
12
22.5
36
18
30
48
24
37.5
60
30
45
72
36
52.5
84
42
60
96
48
67.5
108
54
75
120
60
82.5
132
66
90
144
72
97.5
156
78
105
168
84
112.5
180
90
120
192
96
127.5
204
102
135
216
108
142
22
114
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 104/143
5- 4
DRIVE BELT (WATER PUMP, ALTERNATOR AND A/CON)
ENGINE COOLANT
TIMING BELT
MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
BRAKE FLUID
BRAKE HOSES AND LINES
REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS, PARKING BRAKE
BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS
EXHAUST PIPE AND MUFFLER
SUSPENSION MOUNTING BOLTS
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE & BOOTS/LOWER ARM
BALL JOINT
POWER STEERING PUMP, BELT AND HOSESDRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS
AIR CONDITIONING REFRIGERANT
AIR FILTER (For Evaporator and Blower unit)
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
1314
15
16
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R*¹
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
R
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
R
R*¹
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
See Note *2
Note :*1. FOR CALIFORNIA, THIS MAINTENANCE IS RECOMMENDED, BUT NOT REQUIRED*2. FOR EVERY 12 MONTHS OR 12,000 MILES (20,000 KM), WHICHEVER OCCURS FIRST : "R"
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
MAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSMAINTENANCE UNDER SEVERE USAGE CONDITIONSThe following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer to the chart below for the appropriamaintenance intervals.
R : Replace I : Inspect and, after inspection, clean, adjust, repair or replace if necessary
F040A07A-AAT
DRIVINGMAINTENANCEMAINTENANCE
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 105/143
DRIVINGCONDITION
MAINTENANCEINTERVALS
ENGINE OIL AND FILTER
AIR CLEANER FILTERSPARK PLUGS
BRAKE PADS, CALIPERS AND ROTORS
REAR BRAKE DRUMS/LININGS/PADS,
PARKING BRAKE
STEERING GEAR BOX, LINKAGE
& BOOTS/LOWER ARM BALL JOINT
DRIVESHAFTS AND BOOTS
MANUAL TRANSAXLE OIL
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE FLUID
AIR FILTER (For Evaporator and Blower unit)
R
RR
I
I
I
I
R
R
R
MAINTENANCEOPERATION
MAINTENANCE ITEM
EVERY 3,000 MILES (4,800 KM) OR 3 MONTHS
MORE FREQUENTLYMORE FREQUENTLY
MORE FREQUENTLY
MORE FREQUENTLY
MORE FREQUENTLY
EVERY 7,500 MILES (12,000 KM) OR 6 MONTHS
EVERY 60,000 MILES (96,000 KM)
EVERY 30,000 MILES (48,000 KM)
MORE FREQUENTLY
A, B, C, F
C, EB
C, D, G
C, D, G
C, D, E, F, G
C, E, F
A, C, D, E, F, G, H
A, C, E, F, G, H
C, E
SEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSSEVERE DRIVING CONDITIONSA - Repeated short distance drivingB - Extensive idlingC - Driving in dusty, rough roadsD - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in very
cold weatherE - Driving in sandy areas
F - More than 50% driving in heavy city traffic during hot wabove 32°C (90°F)
G - Driving in mountainous areasH - Driving for patrol car, taxi, commercial carI - Driving over 100 MPH (170 km/h)
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
F060A01A-AAT
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAIN-TENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMSTENANCE ITEMS
F060M01A-AAT
ooooo Engine oil and filterEngine oil and filterEngine oil and filterEngine oil and filterEngine oil and filterThe engine oil and filter should be changed at
F060B01A-AAT
ooooo Drive beltsDrive beltsDrive beltsDrive beltsDrive belts
F060J01A-AAT
o Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugso Spark plugsMake sure to install new spark plugs correct heat range.
F060F01A-AAT
ooooo Vacuum, crankcase ventilationVacuum, crankcase ventilationVacuum, crankcase ventilationVacuum, crankcase ventilationVacuum, crankcase ventilationhoseshoseshoseshoseshoses
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence ofheat and/or mechanical damage. Hard and brit-tle rubber, cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, andexcessive swelling indicate deterioration. Par-
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 106/143
5- 6
F070C01A-AAT
ooooo Engine coolantEngine coolantEngine coolantEngine coolantEngine coolantThe coolant should be changed aintervals specified in the maintenance sule.
F070D01A-AAT
ooooo Manual transaxle oilManual transaxle oilManual transaxle oilManual transaxle oilManual transaxle oilInspect the manual transaxle oil accordthe maintenance schedule.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:If the oil level is low, check for poIf the oil level is low, check for poIf the oil level is low, check for poIf the oil level is low, check for poIf the oil level is low, check for po
leaks before addingleaks before addingleaks before addingleaks before addingleaks before adding oil. Do not overfoil. Do not overfoil. Do not overfoil. Do not overfoil. Do not overf
the intervals specified in the maintenance sched-ule. If the car is being driven in severe condi-tions, more frequent oil and filter changes are
required.
ooooo Drive beltsDrive beltsDrive beltsDrive beltsDrive beltsInspect all drive belts for evidence ocracks, excessive wear or oil saturatioreplace if necessary. Drive belts shochecked periodically for proper tensioadjusted as necessary.
F060C01A-AAT
ooooo Fuel filterFuel filterFuel filterFuel filterFuel filterA clogged filter can limit the speed at which thevehicle may be driven, damage the emissionsystem and cause hard starting. If an exces-sive amount of foreign matter accumulates inthe fuel tank, the filter may require replacementmore frequently.After installing a new filter, run the engine forseveral minutes, and check for leaks at theconnections.Fuel filters should be installed by trained tech-nicians.
F060D01A-AAT
ooooo Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-Fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tionstionstionstionstions
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and connec-tions for leakage and damage. Have a trainedtechincian, replace any damaged or leakingparts immediately.
F060H01A-AAT
ooooo Air cleaner filterAir cleaner filterAir cleaner filterAir cleaner filterAir cleaner filterA Genuine Hyundai air cleaner filter is recom-mended when filter is replaced.
F060E01A-AAT
ooooo Timing beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltTiming beltInspect all parts related to the timing bdamage and deformation. Replace anyaged parts immediately.
F060G01A-AAT
ooooo Vapor hose and fuel filler capVapor hose and fuel filler capVapor hose and fuel filler capVapor hose and fuel filler capVapor hose and fuel filler capThe vapor hose and fuel filler cap should beinspected at those intervals specified in themaintenance schedule. Make sure that a newvapor hose or fuel filler cap is correctly re-placed.
gticular attention should be paid to examinethose hose surfaces nearest to high heat sourc-es, such as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to assure that thehoses do not come in contact with any heatsource, sharp edges or moving componentwhich might cause heat damage or mechanicalwear. Inspect all hose connections, such asclamps and couplings, to make sure they aresecure, and that no leaks are present. Hosesshould be replaced immediately if there is anyevidence of deterioration or damage.
VEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTSVEHICLE MAINTENANCE REQUIREMENTS
F070E04A-AAT
o Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle Fluido Automatic Transaxle FluidThe fluid level should be in the "HOT" range ofthe dipstick, after the engine and transaxle areat normal operating temperature. Check theautomatic transaxle fluid level with the enginerunning and the transaxle in neutral, with the
F070J01A-AAT
ooooo Brake pads, calipers and rotorsBrake pads, calipers and rotorsBrake pads, calipers and rotorsBrake pads, calipers and rotorsBrake pads, calipers and rotorsCh k h d f i di f
F070N01A-AAT
ooooo Power steering pump, belt andPower steering pump, belt andPower steering pump, belt andPower steering pump, belt andPower steering pump, belt andeseseseses
Check the power steering pump and hosleakage and damage. Replace any damaleaking parts immediately. Inspect the steering belt for evidence of cuts, crack
system including the parking brake lever andcables. For detailed service procedures, referto the Shop Manual.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 107/143
parking brake properly applied. Use HYUNDAIGENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SKATF SP-III when adding or changing fluid.
F070F01A-AAT
ooooo Brake hoses and linesBrake hoses and linesBrake hoses and linesBrake hoses and linesBrake hoses and linesVisually check for proper installation, chafing,cracks, deterioration and any leakage. Replaceany deteriorated or damaged parts immediate-ly.
F070G02A-AAT
ooooo Brake fluidBrake fluidBrake fluidBrake fluidBrake fluidCheck brake fluid level in the brake fluid reser-voir. The level should be between "MIN" and"MAX" marks on the side of the reservoir. Useonly hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3or DOT 4.
F070H01A-AAT
ooooo Rear brake drums/linings, parkingRear brake drums/linings, parkingRear brake drums/linings, parkingRear brake drums/linings, parkingRear brake drums/linings, parkingbrakebrakebrakebrakebrake
Check the rear brake drums and linings forscoring, burning, leaking fluid, broken parts,
and excessive wear. Inspect the parking brake
Check the pads for excessive wear, discs forrun out and wear, and calipers for fluid leakage.
F070L01A-AAT
ooooo Suspension mounting boltsSuspension mounting boltsSuspension mounting boltsSuspension mounting boltsSuspension mounting bolts
Check the suspension connections for loose-ness or damage. Retighten to the specifiedtorque.
F070K01A-AAT
ooooo Exhaust pipe and mufflerExhaust pipe and mufflerExhaust pipe and mufflerExhaust pipe and mufflerExhaust pipe and mufflerVisually inspect the exhaust pipes, muffler andhangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage.Start the engine and listen carefully for anyexhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections orreplace parts as necessary.
F070M01A-AAT
ooooo Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/Steering gear box, linkage & boots/lowerlowerlowerlowerlower arm ball jointarm ball jointarm ball jointarm ball jointarm ball joint
With the vehicle stopped and engine off, checkfor excessive free-play in the steering wheel.Check the linkage for bends or damage. Checkthe dust boots and ball joints for deterioration,
cracks, or damage. Replace any damaged parts.
cessive wear, oiliness and proper tensioplace or adjust it if necessary.
F070P01A-AAT
ooooo Driveshafts and bootsDriveshafts and bootsDriveshafts and bootsDriveshafts and bootsDriveshafts and bootsCheck the drive shafts, boots and clamcracks, deterioration, or damage. Repladamaged parts and, if necessary, repagrease.
F070Q01A-AAT
ooooo Air conditioning refrigerantAir conditioning refrigerantAir conditioning refrigerantAir conditioning refrigerantAir conditioning refrigerantCheck the air conditioning lines and cotions for leakage and damage. Check air
tioning performance according to the reshop manual if necessary.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
ZG000A1-A
6.6.6.6.6. SASASASASATURDTURDTURDTURDTURDAAAAAY MECHANICSY MECHANICSY MECHANICSY MECHANICSY MECHANICSDo-It-YDo-It-YDo-It-YDo-It-YDo-It-Yourourourourourself Maintenanceself Maintenanceself Maintenanceself Maintenanceself Maintenance
G010A02A-AAT
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 108/143
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)G CO ( o 5 SO C)G CO ( o 5 SO C)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.5 SOHC)
AX6
1. Engine coolant reservoir2. Power steering fluid reservoir3. Engine oil filler cap4. Rocker cover5. Brake booster
6. Brake fluid reservoir
7. Clutch fluid reservoir (If Installed)8. Air cleaner9. Relay box10.Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap11.Engine oil level dipstick
12.Spark plug
13.Radiator cap14.Automatic transaxle fluid level dipstic
(Automatic T/A only)15.Battery
10 1511 12 13 14
1 2 4 5 6 7 83 9
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the egine, you should handle tools andgine, you should handle tools andgine, you should handle tools andgine, you should handle tools andgine, you should handle tools and othothothothothheavy objects carefully so thatheavy objects carefully so thatheavy objects carefully so thatheavy objects carefully so thatheavy objects carefully so that the plathe plathe plathe plathe platic rocker cover of the enginetic rocker cover of the enginetic rocker cover of the enginetic rocker cover of the enginetic rocker cover of the engine is nis nis nis nis ndamaged.damaged.damaged.damaged.damaged.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
1 2 3 4 5 6 97 8
AG010C1-A
ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.6 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.6 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.6 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.6 DOHC)ENGINE COMPARTMENT (For 1.6 DOHC)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 109/143
6-2
1. Engine coolant reservoir cap2. Power steering fluid reservoir3. Engine oil filler cap4. Rocker cover5. Brake booster
6. Brake fluid reservoir7. Clutch fluid reservoir (if installed)8. Air cleaner9. Relay box
10. Windshield washer fluid reservoir cap
11. Engine oil level dipstick12. Radiator cap13. Automatic transaxle fluid level dipst
(Automatic T/A only)14. Battery
AX
10 11 12 13 14
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eWhen inspecting or servicing the eyou should handle tools and other you should handle tools and other you should handle tools and other you should handle tools and other you should handle tools and other objects carefully so that the plastic robjects carefully so that the plastic robjects carefully so that the plastic robjects carefully so that the plastic robjects carefully so that the plastic rcover of the engine is not damaged.cover of the engine is not damaged.cover of the engine is not damaged.cover of the engine is not damaged.cover of the engine is not damaged.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G020A01A-AAT
GENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSGENERAL CHECKSEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentEngine CompartmentThe following should be checked regularly:
o Engine oil level and conditiono Transaxle fluid level and condition
B k fl id l l
G020C01A-AAT
Vehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorVehicle InteriorThe following should be checked each timewhen the vehicle is driven:
o Light operationo Windshield wiper operation
H ti
G030A01A-AAT
CHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILCHECKING THE ENGINE OILEngine oil is essential to the performancservice of the engine. It is suggested thcheck the oil level at least once a wnormal use and more often if you are onor driving in severe conditions.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 110/143
o Brake fluid levelo Clutch fluid levelo Engine coolant level
o Windshield washer fluid levelo Accessory drive belt conditiono Engine coolant hose conditiono Fluid leaks (on or below components)o Power steering fluid level and conditiono Battery Condition
o Horn operationo Defroster, heater system operation (and air
conditioning, if installed)
o Steering operation and conditiono Mirror condition and operationo Turn signal operationo Accelerator pedal operationo Brake operation, including parking brakeo Manual transaxle operation, including clutch
operationo Automatic transaxle operation, including
"Park" mechanism operationo Seat control condition and operationo Seat belt condition and operationo Sun visor operation
If you notice anything that does not operatecorrectly or appear to be functioning correctly,inspect it carefully and seek assistance fromyour Hyundai dealer if service is needed.
G020B01A-AAT
Vehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorVehicle ExteriorThe following should be checked monthly:
o Overall appearance and conditiono Wheel condition and wheel nut tightnesso Air filter conditiono Exhaust system conditiono Light condition and operationo Windshield glass conditiono Wiper blade conditiono Paint condition and body corrosiono Fluid leakso Door and hood lock conditiono Tire pressure and condition
(including spare tire)
G030B01A-AAT
Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended Oil
G0
°F
°C
SH, SG or SG/CD (API) multi-grade anefficient oil is recommended.
20W-40 20W-50
10W-30 10W-40 10W-50
5W-30 5W-40
-20
-29
-9
-23
0
-18
20
-7
32
0
60
16
85
27
95
35
10
3
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G030C01A-AAT
To Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelTo Check the Oil LevelG030D01A-AAT
Adding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding OilAdding OilG040A02A-AAT
CHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTERCHANGING THE OIL AND FILTER
Oil filler cap
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 111/143
6-4
AS60050A AS60060A
LF
Before checking the oil, warm up the engine tothe normal operating temperature and be sure itis parked on level ground. Turn the engine off.
Wait a minute, then remove the dipstick, wipe itoff, fully reinsert the dipstick and withdraw itagain. Then note the highest level the oil has
reached on the dipstick. It should be betweenthe upper ("FULL") and lower ("LOW") range.
If the oil level is close to or below the "LOW"mark, add oil until it reaches the "FULL" mark.To add oil:
1. Remove the oil filler cap by turning it counter-clockwise.
2. Add oil, then check the level again. Do not
overfill.3. Replace the cap by turning it clockwise.
The distance between the "FULL" and "LOW"marks is equal to about 1 quart of oil.
DPOil filter
Drain plug
The engine oil and filter should be chanthose intervals specified in the mainteschedule in Section 5. If the car is being in severe conditions, more frequent oil anchanges are required.
The procedure for changing the oil and
as follows:1. Park the car on level ground and sparking brake. Start the engine andwarm up until the needle on the temture gauge moves above the lowestTurn the engine off and place the gelector lever in "P" (automatic) or regear (manual transaxle).
2. Open the hood and remove the engfiller cap.
3. Slide underneath the car and loosdrain plug by turning it countercloc
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
with a wrench of the proper size. Be surethat a drain pan is in position to catch the oilas it drains out, then remove the drain plug.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Be very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilBe very careful when draining the engine oilas it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!as it may be hot enough to burn you!
9. Shut off the engine and recheck the oillevel.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Always dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anAlways dispose of used engine oil in anenvironmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-environmentally acceptable manner. It is sug-gested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containergested that it be placed in a sealed containerand taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-
G050B01A-AAT
Recommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine CoolantRecommended Engine Coolant
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 112/143
4. When the oil has stopped draining, replacethe drain plug using a new washer and
retighten by turning it clockwise.
Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:Oil pan drain plug tightening torque:3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m3.5 ~ 4.5 kgf.m
5. Remove the oil filter by turning it counter-clockwise with a oil filter wrench of theproper size. A certain amount of oil willcome out when you remove the filter. So besure to have your drain pan in place under-neath it.
6. Install a new oil filter in accordance with the
instructions on the carton or on the filteritself. Do not over-tighten. Be sure that themounting surface on the engine is clean andthat the old gasket is removed completely.Lubricate the new gasket on the filter beforeinstallation with clean engine oil.
7. Refill the crankcase with the recommendedengine oil. Refer to the specification in chap-ter 9 for engine oil capacity.
8. Start the engine and check to be sure no oilis leaking from the drain plug or oil filter.
and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-and taken to a service station for reclama-tion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground ortion. Do not pour the oil on the ground orput it into the with household trash.put it into the with household trash.put it into the with household trash.put it into the with household trash.put it into the with household trash.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-Used motor oil may cause irritation or can-cer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skincer of the skin if left in contact with the skinfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourfor prolonged periods of time. Wash yourhands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-hands thoroughly with soap and warm wa-ter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedter as soon as possible after handling usedoil.oil.oil.oil.oil.
Use a high quality ethylene-glycol coola50/50 mix with water. The engine coolant be compatible with aluminum engine parditional corrosion inhibitors or additives snot be used. The cooling system must betained with the correct concentration anof engine coolant to prevent freezing and
sion.Never allow the concentration of antifreexceed the 60% level or go below the 35%or damage to the coolant system may resproper concentration when adding or repthe coolant, refer to the following table.
G050A01A-AAT
CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-CHECKING AND CHANGING THE EN-GINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANTGINE COOLANT
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Do not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theDo not remove the radiator cap when theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine is hot. When the engine is hot, theengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayengine coolant is under pressure and mayerupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap iserupt through the opening if the cap isremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifremoved. You could be seriously burned ifyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notyou do not observe this precaution. Do notremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator isremove the radiator cap until the radiator iscool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.cool to the touch.
AX
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
quently. If the level drops again, visit yourHyundai dealer for an inspection and diagnosisof the reason.
Coolant concentration
G050D02A-AAT
To Change the CoolantTo Change the CoolantTo Change the CoolantTo Change the CoolantTo Change the CoolantThe coolant should be changed at those inter-
l ifi d i h hi l i h d
Ambient
temperature
°C ( °F)
-15 (5)
-25 (-13)
-35 (-31)
Antifreezesolution
Water
35%
40%
50%
65%
60%
50%
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 113/143
6-6
G050C01A-AAT
To Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant LevelTo Check the Coolant Level
AX60090A
The coolant level can be seen on the side of theplastic coolant reservoir. The level of the cool-ant should be between the "LOW" and "FULL"lines on the reservoir when the engine is cool.If the level is below the "LOW" mark, addengine coolant to bring it up between "LOW"and "FULL". If the level is low, inspect for
coolant leaks and recheck the fluid level fre-
vals specified in the vehicle maintenance sched-ule in Section 5.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Engine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofEngine coolant can damage the finish ofyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on theyour car. If you spill engine coolant on thecar, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.car, wash it off thoroughly with clean water.
1. Park the car on level ground, set the park-ing brake and remove the radiator cap whencool.
2. Be sure your drain receptacle is in place.Open the drain cock on the radiator. Allowall the engine coolant to drain from the
cooling system, then securely close the draincock.3. Check Section 9 for the capacity of the
cooling system in your car. Then, followingthe manufacturer’s directions on the enginecoolant container, add the appropriate quan-tity of coolant to the radiator.
4. Turn the radiator cap counterclockwisout pressing down on it, until it stoprelieves any pressure remaining in thing system. And remove the radiator pushing down and turning counterclocNow fill the radiator with clean demineradistilled water. Continue to add clean dealized or distilled water in small quantitithe fluid level stays up in the radiator n
35 ( 31)
-45 (-49)
50%
60%
50%
40%
G0
G0
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
5. Start the engine, top off the radiator withwater and then add engine coolant to thereservoir until the level is between "LOW"and "FULL".
6. Replace the radiator and reservoir caps andcheck to be sure the drain cocks are fullyclosed and not leaking.
The spark plugs should be changed at theintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in section 5, or whenever engineperformance indicates they should be changed.Symptoms that suggest poor spark plug perfor-mance include engine misfiring under load, lossof fuel economy, poor acceleration, etc. Whenspark plugs are replaced always use spark
You will find it easier to change spark pthe engine is cold. Always change oneplug at a time. This helps avoid getting themixed up.
1. Remove the center cover on the rocker cover (DOHC Only).
2. Using a clean cloth, remove any dirt th
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 114/143
SSA6060A
Unleaded: 0.039 ~ 0.043 in. (1.0 ~ 1.1 mm)
G060B01A-AAT
REPLACING THE SPARK PLUGSREPLACING THE SPARK PLUGSREPLACING THE SPARK PLUGSREPLACING THE SPARK PLUGSREPLACING THE SPARK PLUGS
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-The cooling fan is controlled by engine cool-
ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ant temperature and may sometimes oper-ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.ate even when the engine is not running.Use extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theUse extreme caution when working near theblades of the cooling fan so that you are notblades of the cooling fan so that you are notblades of the cooling fan so that you are notblades of the cooling fan so that you are notblades of the cooling fan so that you are notinjured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-injured by a rotating fan blade. As the en-gine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fangine coolant temperature decreases, the fanwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalwill automatically shut off. This is a normalcondition.condition.condition.condition.condition.
spark plugs are replaced, always use sparkplugs recommended by Hyundai. The use ofother spark plugs can result in loss of perfor-
mance, radio interference or engine damage.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:When replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always useWhen replacing the spark plugs, always usegenuine parts recommended.genuine parts recommended.genuine parts recommended.genuine parts recommended.genuine parts recommended.
Recommended SparkRecommended SparkRecommended SparkRecommended SparkRecommended Spark PlugsPlugsPlugsPlugsPlugs:::::CHAMPION : RC10YC4NGK : BKR5ES-11
G060C01S-GAT
Changing the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark PlugsChanging the Spark Plugs
DP60110A
accumulated around the base of theplug so it cannot fall into the cylinderthe spark plug is removed.
3. To remove the spark plug cable, pull sup on the insulated connector, not thePulling on the cable may damage the ccore conductor.
DP
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is recommended that the engine bIt is recommended that the engine bIt is recommended that the engine bIt is recommended that the engine bIt is recommended that the engine bor cold when changingor cold when changingor cold when changingor cold when changingor cold when changing the spark pluthe spark pluthe spark pluthe spark pluthe spark pluthe engine is hot, you could burn yothe engine is hot, you could burn yothe engine is hot, you could burn yothe engine is hot, you could burn yothe engine is hot, you could burn yoon the insulatedon the insulatedon the insulatedon the insulatedon the insulated connector, the sparconnector, the sparconnector, the sparconnector, the sparconnector, the spar
or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.or the engine itself.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G070A02Y-AAT
CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-CHANGING THE AIR CLEANER FIL-
TERTERTERTERTER
G080A02A-AAT
WINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADESWINDSHIELD WIPER BLADES4. When preparing to remove the old spark
plug, guide the socket down over the sparkplug, being careful not to damage the ce-ramic insulator.
5. To remove the old spark plug, turn thewrench handle in a counterclockwise direc-tion.
6. To install the new spark plug, guide the
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 115/143
6-8
AX6
The wiper blades should be carefully inspfrom time to time and cleaned to removemulations of road film or other debris. Tothe wiper blades and arms, use a clean sor cloth with a mild soap or detergent andIf the wipers continue to streak or smeglass, replace them with genuine Hyun
placement parts or their equivalent.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Do not operate the wipers on dry Do not operate the wipers on dry Do not operate the wipers on dry Do not operate the wipers on dry Do not operate the wipers on dry
This can result in more rapid wearThis can result in more rapid wearThis can result in more rapid wearThis can result in more rapid wearThis can result in more rapid wearwiper blades and may scratch the wiper blades and may scratch the wiper blades and may scratch the wiper blades and may scratch the wiper blades and may scratch the
ooooo Keep the blade rubber out of coKeep the blade rubber out of coKeep the blade rubber out of coKeep the blade rubber out of coKeep the blade rubber out of cowith petroleum products such as ewith petroleum products such as ewith petroleum products such as ewith petroleum products such as ewith petroleum products such as eoil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.oil, gasoline, etc.
AX60140A
The replacement of air cleaner filter is per-formed in the following manner.
1. Unsnap the Clips around the cover.2. When this is done, the cover can be lifted
off, the old filter removed and the new filter
put in its place.Genuine Hyundai replacement parts are rec-ommended.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Operating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airOperating your vehicle without a proper airfilter in placefilter in placefilter in placefilter in placefilter in place can result in excessive enginecan result in excessive enginecan result in excessive enginecan result in excessive enginecan result in excessive enginewear.wear.wear.wear.wear.
p p g, gsocket down over the spark plug, beingcareful not to damage the ceramic insulator.
DP60130A
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-Spark plugs should be tightened firmly. Over-tightening can damagetightening can damagetightening can damagetightening can damagetightening can damage the threads in thethe threads in thethe threads in thethe threads in thethe threads in thealuminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themaluminum cylinder head. Also, leaving themtoo loose cantoo loose cantoo loose cantoo loose cantoo loose can cause the spark plugs to getcause the spark plugs to getcause the spark plugs to getcause the spark plugs to getcause the spark plugs to getvery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tovery hot and possibly result in damage tothethethethethe engine.engine.engine.engine.engine.
7. Replace the cable by pushing the insulatedconnector directly down onto the electrode.Check to be sure it has snapped into place
and can't fall off.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G090A01A-AAT
FILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRFILLING THE WASHER RESERVOIRG100A03A-AAT
CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OILCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE OIL(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)(MANUAL)
G100B02A-AAT
To check the Manual Transaxle To check the Manual Transaxle To check the Manual Transaxle To check the Manual Transaxle To check the Manual Transaxle LevelLevelLevelLevelLevel
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 116/143
AX60170A
A good quality washer fluid should be used to fillthe washer reservoir. The fluid level should bechecked more frequently during bad weather orwhenever the washer system is in more fre-quent use.The capacity of the washer reservoir is 3.2 U.S.quarts (3.0 Liters).
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:ooooo Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)Radiator anti-freeze (engine coolant)
should not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systemshould not be used in the washer systembecause it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.because it will damage the car’s finish.
ooooo The washer lever should not be operatedThe washer lever should not be operatedThe washer lever should not be operatedThe washer lever should not be operatedThe washer lever should not be operatedif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This canif the washer reservoir is empty. This candamage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.damage the washer fluid pump.
Filler plugAS60180A
Drain plug
Transaxle lubricant in the manual transaxleshould be checked at those intervals specifiedin the vehicle maintenance schedule in Section5.
Recommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilRecommended OilUse only HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF
75W/90 (API GL-4) or equivalent in the manualtransaxle.
Manual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityManual Transaxle Oil CapacityThe oil capacity of the manual transaxle is 2.27U.S. quarts (2.15 liters).
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:It is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oilIt is always better to check the transaxle oillevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If thelevel when the engine is cool or cold. If theengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatengine is hot, you should exercise greatcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hotcaution to avoid burning yourself on hot
engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.engine or exhaust parts.
SS
Park the car on level ground with the eng
1. Using a wrench of the correct size, the oil filler plug by turning it countewise and remove it with your fingers
2. Use your finger or suitable tool to fee
the hole. The oil level should be at its bedge. If it is not, check for leaks adding oil. To refill the transaxle or broil level up, add oil slowly until it reachproper level. Do not overfill.
3. Replace the plug and washer, screwith your fingers and then tighten sewith the wrench.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G110D01A-AAT
To Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelTo Check the Transaxle Fluid LevelWhile the engine is idling, apply the brakmove the gear selector lever from "P" toof its other positions -- "R", "N", "D", "2"L" -- and then return to "N". With the engidling:
1. Open the hood, being careful to keep hair and clothing clear of any moving
G110A01A-AAT
CHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUIDCHECKING THE TRANSAXLE FLUID(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)(AUTOMATIC)Transaxle fluid in the automatic transaxle shouldbe checked at those intervals specified in thevehicle maintenance schedule in Section 5.
G110B03A-AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 117/143
6-10
AX20080J
Park the car on level ground with the parkingbrake engaged. When the transaxle fluid levelis checked, the transaxle fluid should be atnormal operating temperature and the engineidling.
2. Remove the transaxle dipstick, wipe itreinsert the dipstick as far as it will go
remove it again. Now check the fluid lethe dipstick. It should be in the "HOT"on the dipstick.
AS60210A
AS6
Fluid level should be within this ra
3. If the transaxle fluid level is low, use ato add transaxle fluid through the dtube until the level reaches the "HOT" Do not overfill.
Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidYour Hyundai automatic transaxle is specially
designed to operate with HYUNDAI GENUINEATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III.Damage caused by a nonspecified fluid is notcovered by your new vehicle limited warranty.
G110C02A-AAT
Transaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityTransaxle Fluid CapacityThe fluid capacity of the automatic transaxle is6.45 U.S. quarts (6.1 liters).
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedThe transaxle fluid level should be checkedwhen the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-when the engine is at normal operating tem-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-perature. This means that the engine, radia-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-tor, exhaust system etc., are very hot. Exer-cise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringcise great care not to burn yourself duringthis procedure.this procedure.this procedure.this procedure.this procedure.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The cooling fan is controlled by the engineThe cooling fan is controlled by the engineThe cooling fan is controlled by the engineThe cooling fan is controlled by the engineThe cooling fan is controlled by the enginecoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimesoperate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-ning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatyou are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.As the engine coolant temperature deAs the engine coolant temperature deAs the engine coolant temperature deAs the engine coolant temperature deAs the engine coolant temperature de
G120D01A-AAT
DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid fDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid fDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid fDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid fDOT 3 or DOT 4 specification fluid fsealed container. Do not allow the flusealed container. Do not allow the flusealed container. Do not allow the flusealed container. Do not allow the flusealed container. Do not allow the fluor reservoir to remain open any longeor reservoir to remain open any longeor reservoir to remain open any longeor reservoir to remain open any longeor reservoir to remain open any longerequired. This will avoid entry of direquired. This will avoid entry of direquired. This will avoid entry of direquired. This will avoid entry of direquired. This will avoid entry of dimoisture which can damage the brakmoisture which can damage the brakmoisture which can damage the brakmoisture which can damage the brakmoisture which can damage the braktem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.tem and cause improper operation.
To add brake fluid, first wipe away any dih fl id i Sl l
G120C02A-AAT
Recommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidRecommended Brake FluidUse only hydraulic brake fluid conforming toDOT 3 or DOT 4 specifications in your brakingsystem. Follow the instructions printed on thecontainer.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 118/143
As the engine coolant temperature de-As the engine coolant temperature de-As the engine coolant temperature de-As the engine coolant temperature de-As the engine coolant temperature de-creases, the fan will automatically shut off.creases, the fan will automatically shut off.creases, the fan will automatically shut off.creases, the fan will automatically shut off.creases, the fan will automatically shut off.This is a normal condition.This is a normal condition.This is a normal condition.This is a normal condition.This is a normal condition.
G120A01A-AAT
CHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKESCHECKING THE BRAKES
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Because brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeBecause brakes are essential to the safeoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatoperation of the car, it is suggested thatthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourthey be checked and inspected by yourHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should beHyundai dealer. The brakes should bechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thosechecked and inspected for wear at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-intervals specified in the vehicle mainte-nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.nance schedule in Section 5.
G120B01A-AAT
Checking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid LevelChecking the Brake Fluid Level
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into yourcan damage your vision if it gets into youreyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s painteyes. It will also damage your vehicle’s paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.
To Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelTo Check the Fluid LevelThe fluid level in the brake fluid reservoir should
be checked periodically. The level should bebetween the "MIN" and "MAX" marks on theside of the reservoir. If the level is at or belowthe "MIN" mark, carefully add fluid to bring it upto "MAX". Do not overfill.
G120E02A-AAT
Adding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake FluidAdding Brake Fluid
AX60230A
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Handle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damageHandle brake fluid carefully. It can damage
your vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use onlyyour vision if it gets into your eyes. Use only
unscrew the fluid reservoir cap. Slowly porecommended fluid into the reservoir. D
overfill. Carefully replace the cap on thevoir and tighten.
G130A01A-AAT
CHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUIDCHECKING THE CLUTCH FLUID
To Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch FluidTo Check the Clutch Fluid
AX6
The clutch fluid level in the master cshould be checked when performing othder hood services. The system shouchecked for leakage at the same time.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
A/CG140B01A-AAT
Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-Checking the Air Conditioner Opera-tiontiontiontiontion1 Start the engine and let it run at fast idle for
G140D01A-AAT
Checking the Compressor Drive Checking the Compressor DriveChecking the Compressor Drive Checking the Compressor DriveChecking the Compressor DriveWhen removing such accumulations, brush orhose them away carefully to avoid bending thecooling fans.
G130B02A-AAT
Check to make certain that the clutch fluid levelis between the "MAX" and "MIN" level markingson the fluid reservoir. Fill as required. Fluid lossindicates a leak in the clutch system whichshould be inspected and repaired immediately.Consult your Hyundai dealer.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 119/143
6-12
SS
TENSION PULLEY
0.31(8 m
CRANK PULLE
G140C01A-AAT
LubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationLubricationTo lubricate the compressor and the seals inthe system, the air conditioner should be run forat least 10 minutes each week. This is particu-larly important during cool weather when the airconditioning system is not otherwise in use.
1. Start the engine and let it run at fast idle forseveral minutes with the air conditioner setat the maximum cold setting.
2. If the air coming out of the in-dash vents isnot cold, have the air conditioning systeminspected by your Hyundai dealer.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Running the air conditioning system for ex-Running the air conditioning system for ex-Running the air conditioning system for ex-Running the air conditioning system for ex-Running the air conditioning system for ex-tended periods of time with a low refrigeranttended periods of time with a low refrigeranttended periods of time with a low refrigeranttended periods of time with a low refrigeranttended periods of time with a low refrigerantlevel may damage the compressor.level may damage the compressor.level may damage the compressor.level may damage the compressor.level may damage the compressor.
When the air conditioning is being used rely, the compressor drive belt tension shochecked at least once a month with the eturned off.To check the drive belt tension, press dothe belt halfway between the engine cranand compressor pulleys. Pressing wit
finger, you should not be able to deflect thanymore than 1/3 of an inch. If you hainstruments to check it, with a force of (98N), the deflection should be 0.315 (approx 8.0 mm). If the belt is too loose, adjusted by your Hyundai dealer.
To Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidTo Replace the FluidRecommended brake fluid conforming to DOT
3 or DOT 4 specification should be used. Thereservoir cap must be fully tightened to avoidcontamination from foreign matter or moisture.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-Do not allow any other liquids to contami-nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.nate the brake fluid. Seal damage will result.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Use caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. ItUse caution when handling brake fluid. Itcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in yourcan damage your vision if you get it in your
eyes. It will also damage your vehicles painteyes. It will also damage your vehicles painteyes. It will also damage your vehicles painteyes. It will also damage your vehicles painteyes. It will also damage your vehicles paintif spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.if spilled on it and not removed immediately.
G140A01A-AAT
AIR CONDITIONER CAREAIR CONDITIONER CAREAIR CONDITIONER CAREAIR CONDITIONER CAREAIR CONDITIONER CARE
Keeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanKeeping the Condenser CleanThe air conditioner condenser (and engine ra-diator) should be checked periodically for accu-mulation of dirt, dead insects, leaves, etc. Thesecan interfere with maximum cooling efficiency.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G150A01A-AAT
CHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELCHECKING STEERING WHEELFREEPLAYFREEPLAYFREEPLAYFREEPLAYFREEPLAY
0 24 0 51 in 0 12 0 3
G160A01A-AAT
CHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALCHECKING CLUTCH PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY
G170A01A-AAT
CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAYFREE-PLAY
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 120/143
AX10920F
1.18 in. (30 mm)
To check the steering wheel freeplay, stop thecar with the wheels pointed straight ahead andgently move the steering wheel back and forth.Use very light finger pressure and be sensitiveto changes in resistance that mark the limits ofthe freeplay. If the freeplay is greater than
specified, have it inspected by your Hyundaidealer and adjusted or repaired if necessary.
SSA6160A
0.24 ~ 0.51 in.(6 ~ 13 mm)
SS
0.12 ~ 0.3(3 ~ 8 mm
With the engine off, press lightly on the clutchpedal until you feel a change in resistance. Thisis the clutch pedal free-play. The free-play shouldbe within the limits specified in the illustrationbelow. If it is not, have it inspected by yourHyundai dealer and adjusted or repaired if nec-
essary.
With the engine off, press down on thepedal several times to reduce the vacuumbrake booster.Then, using your hand, press down slothe brake pedal until you feel a charesistance. This is the brake pedal freep
The freeplay should be within the limitsfied in the illustration above. If it is not, inspected by your Hyundai dealer and ador repaired if necessary.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G200A01A-AAT
CHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACINGCHECKING AND REPLACING
FUSESFUSESFUSESFUSESFUSES
Replacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkReplacing a Fusible LinkWATER PUMP PULLEY
0.35~0.41 in.(9.0~10.4 mm)
G190A01A-AAT
CHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSCHECKING DRIVE BELTSG180A01A-AAT
CHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCHECKING BRAKE PEDALCLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCECLEARANCE
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 121/143
6-14
DP60300A
ALTERNATOR PULLEY
CRANK PULLEY
BadBadBadBadBad GoodGoodGoodGoodGood
AS6
A fusible link will melt if the electrical cfrom the battery are ever overloaded, thuventing damage to the entire wiring ha(This could be caused by a short in the sdrawing too much current.) If this ever ha
have a Hyundai dealer determine the repair the system and replace the fusibThe fusible links are located in a relay beasy inspection.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:When replacing a fusible link, neveWhen replacing a fusible link, neveWhen replacing a fusible link, neveWhen replacing a fusible link, neveWhen replacing a fusible link, neveanything but a new fusible link witanything but a new fusible link witanything but a new fusible link witanything but a new fusible link witanything but a new fusible link witsame or lower amperage rating. Neversame or lower amperage rating. Neversame or lower amperage rating. Neversame or lower amperage rating. Neversame or lower amperage rating. Neverpiece of wire or a higher-rated fusiblpiece of wire or a higher-rated fusiblpiece of wire or a higher-rated fusiblpiece of wire or a higher-rated fusiblpiece of wire or a higher-rated fusiblThis could result in serious damagThis could result in serious damagThis could result in serious damagThis could result in serious damagThis could result in serious damagcreate a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.create a fire hazard.
Drive belts should be checked periodically forproper tension and adjusted if necessary. At thesame time, belts should be examined for cracks,wear, fraying or other evidence of deteriorationand replaced if necessary.Belt routing should also be checked to be surethere is no interference between the belts and
other parts of the engine. After a belt is re-placed, the new belt should be adjusted againafter two or three weeks to eliminate slackresulting from initial stretching after use.
SSA6180A
2.76 in. (70 mm)
or more
You need a helper to check the brake pedalclearance. With the engine running, have yourhelper press down on the brake pedal severaltimes and then hold it down with a force of about110 lbs (50 kg, 490 N). The brake pedal clear-ance is the distance from the top surface of the
brake pedal to the asphalt sheeting under thefloor mat.If the brake pedal clearance is not within thelimits specified in the illustration, have it in-spected by your Hyundai dealer and adjustedor repaired if necessary.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G200B01A-AAT
Replacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory FuseReplacing Accessory Fuse
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 122/143
AX60320B
The fuse box for the lights and other electricalaccessories will be found low on the dashboardon the driver's side. Inside the box you will finda list showing the circuits protected by eachfuse.If any of your car's lights or other electricalaccessories stop working, a blown fuse could
be the reason. If the fuse has burned out, youwill see that the metal strip inside the fuse hasburned through. If you suspect a blown fuse,follow this procedure:
1. Turn off the ignition and all other switches.2. Open the fuse box and examine each fuse.
Remove each fuse by pulling it toward you(a small "fuse puller" tool is contained in thefuse box to simplify this operation).
3. Be sure to check all other fuses even if youfind one that appears to have burned out.
AXA6201B
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:A burned-out fuse indicates that theA burned-out fuse indicates that theA burned-out fuse indicates that theA burned-out fuse indicates that theA burned-out fuse indicates that theproblem in the electrical circuit. If yproblem in the electrical circuit. If yproblem in the electrical circuit. If yproblem in the electrical circuit. If yproblem in the electrical circuit. If yplace a fuse and it blows as soon aplace a fuse and it blows as soon aplace a fuse and it blows as soon aplace a fuse and it blows as soon aplace a fuse and it blows as soon aaccessory is turned on, the problem iaccessory is turned on, the problem iaccessory is turned on, the problem iaccessory is turned on, the problem iaccessory is turned on, the problem ious and should be referred to a Hyous and should be referred to a Hyous and should be referred to a Hyous and should be referred to a Hyous and should be referred to a Hydealer for diagnosis and repair. Nevdealer for diagnosis and repair. Nevdealer for diagnosis and repair. Nevdealer for diagnosis and repair. Nevdealer for diagnosis and repair. Nevplace a fuse with anything except aplace a fuse with anything except aplace a fuse with anything except aplace a fuse with anything except aplace a fuse with anything except awith the same or a lower amperage ratwith the same or a lower amperage ratwith the same or a lower amperage ratwith the same or a lower amperage ratwith the same or a lower amperage rat
higher capacity fuse could cause dahigher capacity fuse could cause dahigher capacity fuse could cause dahigher capacity fuse could cause dahigher capacity fuse could cause daand create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.and create a fire hazard.
G2
Good Burned out
4. Replace the blown fuse by pressing a newfuse of the same rating into place. The fuseshould be a snug fit. If it is not, have the fuseclip repaired or replaced by a Hyundai deal-er. If you do not have a spare fuse, you maybe able to borrow a fuse of the same orlower rating from an accessory you cantemporarily get along without (the radio orcigarette lighter, for example). Always re-member to replace the borrowed fuse.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G210B02A-AAT
Checking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the BatteryChecking the Battery
G220B01A-AAT
Checking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanChecking Engine Cooling FanThe engine cooling fan should come onmatically if the engine coolant tempera
o Charge batteries only in a well ventilatedarea.
o Do not permit flames, sparks or smoking inthe area.
o Keep children away from the area.
As the coolant temperature decreaseAs the coolant temperature decreaseAs the coolant temperature decreaseAs the coolant temperature decreaseAs the coolant temperature decreasefan will automatically shut off. Thifan will automatically shut off. Thisfan will automatically shut off. Thifan will automatically shut off. Thisfan will automatically shut off. Thisnormal condition.normal condition.normal condition.normal condition.normal condition.
G210A01A-AAT
CHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERYCHECKING THE BATTERY
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:When working with batteries, carefully ob-When working with batteries, carefully ob-When working with batteries, carefully ob-When working with batteries, carefully ob-When working with batteries, carefully ob-serve the following precautions to avoidserve the following precautions to avoidserve the following precautions to avoidserve the following precautions to avoidserve the following precautions to avoidserious injuries.serious injuries.serious injuries.serious injuries.serious injuries.
The fluid in the battery contains a strong solu-
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 123/143
6-16
Keep the battery clean. Any evidence of corro-sion around the battery posts or terminals shouldbe removed using a solution of household bak-ing soda and warm water. After the batteryterminals are dry, cover them with a light coat-ing of grease.
PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:PROPOSITION 65 WARNING:Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-Battery posts, terminals, and related acces-sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,sories contain lead and lead compounds,chemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiachemicals known to the state of Californiato cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.to cause cancer and reproductive harm.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.Wash hands after handling.
G220A01A-AAT
CHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGCHECKING ELECTRIC COOLINGFANSFANSFANSFANSFANS
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The radiator fan is controlled by engineThe radiator fan is controlled by engineThe radiator fan is controlled by engineThe radiator fan is controlled by engineThe radiator fan is controlled by enginecoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimescoolant temperature and may sometimesoperate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-operate even when the engine is not run-ning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingning. Use extreme caution when workingnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so thatnear the blades of the cooling fan, so that
you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.you are not injured by a rotating fan blade.
AX
G230A03A-AAT
POWER STEERING FLUID LEVEPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVEPOWER STEERING FLUID LEVE
matically if the engine coolant temperahigh.
G220C01A-AAT
Checking Condenser Cooling FaChecking Condenser Cooling FaChecking Condenser Cooling FaChecking Condenser Cooling FaChecking Condenser Cooling FaThe condenser cooling fan should comautomatically whenever the air conditionoperation.
tion of sulfuric acid, which is poisonous andhighly corrosive. Be careful not to spill it on
yourself or the car. If you do spill battery fluid onyourself, immediately do the following:
o If battery fluid is on your skin, flush theaffected areas with water for at least 15minutes and then seek medical assistance.
o If battery fluid is in your eyes, rinse out youreyes with water and get medical assistanceas soon as possible. While you are beingdriven to get medical assistance, continueto rinse your eyes by using a sponge or soft
cloth saturated with water.o If you swallow battery fluid, drink a largequantity of water or milk followed by milk ofmagnesia, eat a raw egg or drink vegetableoil. Get medical assistance as soon aspossible.
While batteries are being charged (either by abattery charger or by the vehicle’s alternator),they produce explosive gases. Always observethese warnings to prevent injuries from occur-ring:
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
The power steering fluid level should be checkedregularly. To check the power steering fluidlevel, be sure the engine is "OFF", then checkto make certain that the power steering fluidlevel is between the "MAX" and "MIN" levelmarkings on the fluid reservoir.
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steering
G250A01A-AAT
FOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUTFOR MORE INFORMATION ABOUT
YOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIYOUR HYUNDAIIf you desire additional information about main-taining and servicing your Hyundai, you maypurchase a factory Shop Manual at your Hyundaidealer's parts department. This is the samemanual used by dealership technicians andwhile it is highly technical it can be useful in
G270A02A-GAT
HEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULBHEADLIGHT BULB
Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:Replacement instructions:
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 124/143
G240A01A-AAT
POWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESPOWER STEERING HOSESIt is suggested that you check the power steer-ing hose connections for fluid leakage at thoseintervals specified in the vehicle maintenanceschedule in Section 5.The power steering hoses should be replaced ifthere is severe surface cracking, pulling, scuff-ing or worn spots. Deterioration of the hosecould cause premature failure.
Grinding noise from the power steeringGrinding noise from the power steeringG d g o se o t e po e stee gG d g o se o t e po e stee gGrinding noise from the power steeringpump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after thepump may be heard immediately after the
engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-engine is started in extremely cold condi-tions (below - 4°F). In this case, if the noisetions (below - 4°F). In this case, if the noisetions (below - 4°F). In this case, if the noisetions (below - 4°F). In this case, if the noisetions (below - 4°F). In this case, if the noisestops during warm up, there is no abnormalstops during warm up, there is no abnormalstops during warm up, there is no abnormalstops during warm up, there is no abnormalstops during warm up, there is no abnormalfunction in the system. This is due to afunction in the system. This is due to afunction in the system. This is due to afunction in the system. This is due to afunction in the system. This is due to apower steering fluid characteristic in ex-power steering fluid characteristic in ex-power steering fluid characteristic in ex-power steering fluid characteristic in ex-power steering fluid characteristic in ex-tremely cold conditions.tremely cold conditions.tremely cold conditions.tremely cold conditions.tremely cold conditions.
Recommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidRecommended FluidUse PSF-3 type fluid
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Do not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the powerDo not start the engine when the power
steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.steering oil reservoir is empty.
AX
G260A03A-AAT
REPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSREPLACING HEADLIGHT BULBSBefore attempting to replace a headlight bulb,be sure the switch is turned to the "OFF"position.The next paragraph shows how to reach theheadlight bulbs so they may be changed. Besure to replace the burned-out bulb with one ofthe same number and wattage rating.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-Keep the lamps out of contact with petro-leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.leum product, such as oil, gasoline, etc.
while it is highly technical it can be useful inobtaining a better understanding of your car
and how it works.
1. Allow the bulb to cool. Wear eye prot2. Always grasp the bulb by its plastic
avoid touching the glass.3. Disconnect the power cord from th
base in the back of the headlight.4. Remove the dust cover.
5. Push the bulb spring for removing thelight bulb.6. Remove the protective cap from t
placement bulb and install the new bmatching the plastic base with the hehole. Install the dust cover after retighthe bulb spring and reconnect the cord.
7. Use the protective cap and carton pose of the old bulb.
8. Check for proper headlight aim.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G290B02A-AAT
Adjustment After Headlight AsseAdjustment After Headlight AsseAdjustment After Headlight AsseAdjustment After Headlight AsseAdjustment After Headlight AsseReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacementReplacement
Verline
Cut-off
line
Hotal
W
H
0.4 in. (10.5 mm)
0.8 in.(21 mm)
WARNINGWARNINGWARNINGWARNINGWARNINGThe halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-The halogen bulb contains gas under pres-sure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingsure and if impacted could shatter, resultingin flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-in flying fragments. Always wear eye pro-tection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thetection when servicing the bulb. Protect thebulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andbulb against abrasions or scratches andagainst liquids when lighted. Turn on theagainst liquids when lighted. Turn on theagainst liquids when lighted. Turn on theagainst liquids when lighted. Turn on theagainst liquids when lighted. Turn on thebulb only when installed in a headlight. Re-bulb only when installed in a headlight. Re-bulb only when installed in a headlight. Re-bulb only when installed in a headlight. Re-bulb only when installed in a headlight. Re-place the headlight if damaged or crackedplace the headlight if damaged or crackedplace the headlight if damaged or crackedplace the headlight if damaged or crackedplace the headlight if damaged or cracked
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 125/143
6-18
AX60390B
5. Open the hood.6. Draw the vertical line (through the center of
each headlight) and the horizontal line(through the center of each headlight) on theaiming screen.And then, draw the parallel line at 0.8 in.(21mm) place under the horizontal line.
7. Adjust each cut-off line of the low beam tothe parallel line with a phillips screwdriver
- VERTICAL AIMING8. Horizontal aiming should not be adjusted bya driver.
If the vehicle has had front body repair aheadlight assembly has been replaceheadlight aiming should be checked usaiming screen as shown in the illustrationon the headlight switch. (Low Beam Po
1. Adjust headlights so that main axis ofparallel to center line of the body aligned with point "P" shown in the ition.
2. Dotted lines in the illustration show ceheadlights.
G2
line
Ground L
H
H
"P"
G290A03A-AAT
HEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTHEADLIGHT AIMING ADJUSTMENTBefore performing aiming adjustment, make sureof the following.
1. Keep all tires inflated to the correct pres-sure.
2. Place the vehicle on level ground and pressthe front bumper & rear bumper down sev-
eral times. Place vehicle at a distance of118.1 in. (3m) from the test wall.3. See that the vehicle is unloaded (except for
full levels of coolant, engine oil and fuel, andspare tire, jack, and tools).
4. Clean the head lights lens and turn on theheadlight (Low beam).
place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.place the headlight if damaged or cracked.Keep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of childrenKeep the bulb out of the reach of children
and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.and dispose of the used bulb with care.
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
SPECIFICATIONS:SPECIFICATIONS:SPECIFICATIONS:SPECIFICATIONS:SPECIFICATIONS:"H";Horizontal center line of headlights fromground : 24.7 in. (628 mm)
"W";Distance between each headlight center :42.5 in. (1,080 mm)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 126/143
"L";
Distance between the headlights and thewall that the lights are tested against:s 118.1in. (3,000 mm).
DO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCEDO-IT-YOURSELF MAINTENANCE
G280A02A-AAT
4 5 6 7 8
4 DOOR4 DOOR4 DOOR4 DOOR4 DOOR 3 DOOR3 DOOR3 DOOR3 DOOR3 DOOR
6 7 8
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 127/143
6-20
No.1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Part NameFront Fog Light
Headlight
Front Turn Signal Light
Interior Light (If installed)
Interior Light (Without sunroof)
High Mounted Rear Stop Light (If installed)
Luggage Compartment Light (If installed)
Wattage27
60/55
28/8
10
10
17
5
No.8
9
10
Part NameLicense Plate Light
Rear Side Marker Light
Rear Combination Light
Turn Signal Light
Stop/Tail Light
Back-up Light
Wattage5
5 (4 Door)
3 Door
27
28/8
27
4 D
2
27
2
1 2 3AX
10 109
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
7.7.7.7.7. EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-EMISSION CON-
TRTRTRTRTROL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSOL SYSTEMSH010C01S-AAT
2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-2. Evaporative Emission Control (In-cluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard Refuelingcluding ORVR: Onboard RefuelingVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) SystemVapor Recovery) System
The Evaporative Emission Control System is
H010D01A-AAT
3.3.3.3.3. EXHAUST EMISSIONEXHAUST EMISSIONEXHAUST EMISSIONEXHAUST EMISSIONEXHAUST EMISSIONCONTROL SYSTEMCONTROL SYSTEMCONTROL SYSTEMCONTROL SYSTEMCONTROL SYSTEM
The Exhaust Emission Control Systemhighly effective system which controls eemissions while maintaining good vperformace.
H010A01A-AAT
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMYour Hyundai is equipped with an emissioncontrol system to meet all requirements of the
Inside the crankcase, the fresh air mixes withblow-by gases, then passes through the PCVvalve into the induction system.
H020A01A-AAT
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 128/143
H010B01A-AAT
1.1.1.1.1. CRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLCRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLCRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLCRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLCRANKCASE EMISSION CONTROLSYSTEMSYSTEMSYSTEMSYSTEMSYSTEM
The positive crankcase ventilation system isemployed to prevent air pollution caused byblow-by gases being emitted from the crank-case. This system supplies filtered fresh air tothe crankcase through the air intake hose.
p ydesigned to prevent fuel vapors from escaping
into the atmosphere.(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow the(The ORVR system is designed to allow thevapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intovapors from the fuel tank to be loaded intoa canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,a canister while refueling at the gas station,preventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intopreventing the escape of fuel vapors intothe atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)the atmosphere.)
CanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterCanisterFuel vapors generated inside the fuel tank areabsorbed and stored in the onboard canister.When the engine is running, the fuel vaporsabsorbed in the canister are drawn into theinduction system through the purge control so-lenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)Purge Control Solenoid Valve (PCSV)The purge control solenoid valve is controlledby the Engine Control Module (ECM); when theengine coolant temperature is low during idling,the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is nottaken into the engine. After the engine warms-up during ordinary driving, the PCSV opens tointroduce evaporated fuel to the engine.
control system to meet all requirements of theU.S. Environmental Protection Agency or Cali-
fornia Air Resources Board.There are three emission control systems whichare as follows.
1) Crankcase Emission Control System2) Evaporative Emission Control System3) Exhaust Emission Control System
In order to ensure the proper function of theemission control systems, it is recommendedthat you have your car inspected and main-tained by an authorized Hyundai dealer in ac-cordance with the maintenance schedule in thismanual.
CATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTERCATALYTIC CONVERTER
All Hyundai vehicles are equipped with a lith type three-way catalytic converter duce the carbon monoxide, hydrocarbonnitrogen oxides contained in the exhausExhaust gases passing through the caconverter cause it to operate at a vertemperature. The introduction of large amof unburned gasoline into the exhauscause the catalytic converter to overhecreate a fire hazard. This risk may be reby observing the following:
ZNCatalytic Converter
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMSEMISSION CONTROL SYSTEMS
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.Use unleaded fuel only.ooooo Maintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operatingMaintain the engine in good operating
condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-condition. Extremely high catalytic con-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-verter temperatures can result from im-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-proper operation of the electrical, igni-tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.tion or multiport electronic fuel injection.
ooooo If your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or isIf your engine stalls, pings, knocks, or ishard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealerhard to start, have your Hyundai dealer
ooooo Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-Do not stop your Hyundai over any com-bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,bustible material such as grass, paper,leaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightleaves or rags. These materials mightcontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and acontact the hot catalytic converter and afire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.fire might result.
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 129/143
7-2
, y y, y y, y y, y y, y yinspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as sooninspect and repair the problem as soon
as possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.as possible.ooooo Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.Avoid driving with a very low fuel level.
Running out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theRunning out of gasoline may cause theengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage toengine to misfire and result in damage tothe catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.the catalytic converter.
ooooo Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-Avoid idling the engine for periods long-er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.er than 10 minutes.
ooooo The vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orThe vehicle should not be pushed orpulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thepulled to get started. This may cause thecatalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-catalytic converter to overheat and cre-ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.ate a fire hazard.
ooooo Do not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter orDo not touch the catalytic converter or
any other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemany other part of the exhaust systemwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutwhile the catalytic converter is hot. Shutoff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one houroff the engine, wait for at least one hourbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converterbefore touching the catalytic converteror any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.or any other part of the exhaust system.
ooooo Remember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isRemember that your Hyundai dealer isyour best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.your best source of assistance.
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
8.8.8.8.8. CONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMERCONSUMER
INFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMAINFORMATION &TION &TION &TION &TION &
REPORREPORREPORREPORREPORTING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-TING SAFE-
TY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTSTY DEFECTS
2. On the left top side of the instrument panelwhere it can be seen by looking down throughthe windshield.
3. On the lower side of the center pillar outerpanel.
I010B01A-AAT
Engine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine NumberEngine Number
I030A01A-AAT
RECOMMENDED INFLATIONRECOMMENDED INFLATIONRECOMMENDED INFLATIONRECOMMENDED INFLATIONRECOMMENDED INFLATION
PRESSURESPRESSURESPRESSURESPRESSURESPRESSURES
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 130/143
I010A01A-AAT
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONVEHICLE IDENTIFICATIONNUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)NUMBER (VIN)
The vehicle identification number (VIN) is thenumber used in registering your car and in alllegal matters pertaining to its ownership, etc. Itcan be found in three different places on yourcar:
1. On the bulkhead between the engine andpassenger compartments.
The engine number is stamped on the engine
block as shown in the drawing.
I020A01A-AAT
TIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONTIRE INFORMATIONThe tires supplied on your new Hyundai arechosen to provide the best performance fornormal driving.
AX80010E
1
23
DP80020A
AS8
The tire label located in the glove box givtire pressures recommended for your car.pressures were chosen to provide thesatisfactory combination of ride comfowear and stability under normal conditioTire pressures should be checked at
monthly. Proper tire inflation pressures be maintained for these reasons:
o Lower-than-recommended tire precause uneven tread wear and poodling.
o Higher-than-recommended tire pressucrease the chance of damage from imand cause uneven tread wear.
CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:CAUTION:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:Always observe the following:
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
I060A02A-AAT
TIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONTIRE ROTATIONooooo Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.Check pressures when the tires are cold.
That is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forThat is, after the car has been parked forat least three hours and hasn’t beenat least three hours and hasn’t beenat least three hours and hasn’t beenat least three hours and hasn’t beenat least three hours and hasn’t beendriven more than one mile or 1.6 kmdriven more than one mile or 1.6 kmdriven more than one mile or 1.6 kmdriven more than one mile or 1.6 kmdriven more than one mile or 1.6 kmsince starting up.since starting up.since starting up.since starting up.since starting up.
ooooo Check the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireCheck the pressure of your spare tireeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofeach time you check the pressure ofother tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.other tires.
ooooo Never overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallyNever overload your car. Be especiallycareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equip
I050A02A-AAT
TIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTIRE CHAINSTire chains, if necessary, should be installed onthe front wheels. Be sure that the chains are theproper space and that they are installed inaccordance with the manufacturer’s instruc-tions.
To minimize tire and chain wear, do not con-tinue to use tire chains when they are no longer
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 131/143
8-2
SSA
Tires should be rotated every 7,500 (12,000 km). If you notice that tires are wunevenly between rotations, have thchecked by a Hyundai dealer so the causbe corrected.After rotating, adjust the tire pressures asure to check the wheel nut tightness.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Do not use the temporary spare tDo not use the temporary spare tDo not use the temporary spare tDo not use the temporary spare tDo not use the temporary spare t
tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.tire rotation.ooooo Do not mix bias ply and radial plyDo not mix bias ply and radial plyDo not mix bias ply and radial plyDo not mix bias ply and radial plyDo not mix bias ply and radial ply
under any circumstances. This may under any circumstances. This may under any circumstances. This may under any circumstances. This may under any circumstances. This may unusual handling characteristicsunusual handling characteristicsunusual handling characteristicsunusual handling characteristicsunusual handling characteristicscould result in death, serious injucould result in death, serious injucould result in death, serious injucould result in death, serious injucould result in death, serious injuproperty damage.property damage.property damage.property damage.property damage.
careful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipcareful about overloading if you equipyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car topyour car with a luggage rack or car top
carrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.carrier.
I040A01A-AAT
SNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESSNOW TIRESIf you equip your car with snow tires, theyshould be the same size and have the sameload capacity as the original tires. Snow tiresshould be installed on all four wheels; other-wise, poor handling may result.Snow tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa) more airpressure than the pressure recommended for
the standard tires on the tire label on the glovebox, or up to the maximum pressure shown onthe tire sidewall whichever is less.Do not drive faster than the speed limit whenyour car is equipped with snow tires.
tinue to use tire chains when they are no longerneeded.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:When driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowWhen driving on roads covered with snowor ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).or ice, drive at less than 20 mph (30 km/h).
If equipped with a temporary spare t
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
I070A01A-AAT
TIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGTIRE BALANCINGA tire that is out of balance may affect handlingand tire wear. The tires on your Hyundai werebalanced before the car was delivered but mayneed balancing again during the years you ownthe car.Whenever a tire is dismounted for repair, itshould be rebalanced before being reinstalledon the car
I090A01A-AAT
WHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRESWHEN TO REPLACE TIRES
0.06 in. (1.6 mm)
Wear indicator
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:ooooo Using tires and wheels of other thUsing tires and wheels of other thaUsing tires and wheels of other thUsing tires and wheels of other thaUsing tires and wheels of other tha
recommended sizes could cause urecommended sizes could cause urecommended sizes could cause urecommended sizes could cause urecommended sizes could cause ual handling characteristics that al handling characteristics that al handling characteristics that al handling characteristics that al handling characteristics that cause death, serious injury, or procause death, serious injury, or procause death, serious injury, or procause death, serious injury, or procause death, serious injury, or prodamage.damage.damage.damage.damage.
ooooo Wheels that do not meet HyundaWheels that do not meet HyundaWheels that do not meet HyundaWheels that do not meet HyundaWheels that do not meet Hyundamensional specifications may fit pmensional specifications may fit pmensional specifications may fit pmensional specifications may fit pmensional specifications may fit pand result in damage to the vehicand result in damage to the vehicand result in damage to the vehicand result in damage to the vehicand result in damage to the vehic
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 132/143
on the car.
I080A01A-AAT
TIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTIRE TRACTIONTire traction can be reduced if you drive onworn tires, tires that are improperly inflated oron slippery road surfaces. Tires should be re-placed when tread wear indicators appear. Toreduce the possibility of losing control, slowdown whenever there is rain, snow or ice on theroad.
SSA8060C
Wear indicator
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Driving on worn-out tires is dangerous!Worn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingWorn-out tires can cause loss of brakingeffectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.effectiveness, steering control and traction.When replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andWhen replacing tires, never mix radial andbias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replacebias ply tires on the same car. If you replaceradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must beradial tires with bias-ply tires, they must be
installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.installed in sets of four.
The original tires on your car have tread wearindicators. The tread wear indicators appearwhen the tread depth is 0.06 in. (1.6 mm). Thetire should be replaced when these appear as asolid bar across two or more grooves of thetread. Always replace your tires with those ofthe recommended size. If you change wheels,the new wheel's rim width and offset must meetHyundai specification.
gggggcluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.cluding broken wheel studs.
I100A02E-AAT
SPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLSSPARE TIRE AND TOOLS
Your Hyundai is delivered with the follow
Spare tire and wheelWheel nut wrench, Wrench barJack
I10
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
I110A01A-AAT
SHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALSHOP MANUALA Hyundai Shop Manual is available from yourauthorized Hyundai dealer. It's written for pro-fessional technicians, but is simple enough formost mechanically-inclined owners to under-stand.
I120A02A-AAT
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI
I130A01A-AAT
CONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONCONSUMER INFORMATIONThis consumer information has been preparedin accordance with regulations issued by theNational Highway Traffic Safety Administrationof the U.S. Department of Transportation. Itprovides the purchasers and/or prospectivepurchasers of Hyundai automobiles with infor-mation on uniform tire quality grading. YourHyundai dealer will help answer any questions
Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C -Traction AA, A, B, C - The traction gfrom highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, aThose grades represent the tire's ability ton wet pavement as measured under conconditions on specified government test ses of asphalt and concrete. A tire marmay have poor traction performance.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The traction grade assigned to thisThe traction grade assigned to thisThe traction grade assigned to thisThe traction grade assigned to thisThe traction grade assigned to this
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 133/143
8-4
WARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAIWARRANTIES FOR YOUR HYUNDAI
VEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEVEHICLEo New vehicle 60 Months/60,000 Miles Limit-
ed Warranty.o New vehicle 120 Months/100,000 Miles Lim-
ited Powertrain Warranty (first owner only).o Anti-Perforation Limited Warrantyo Emission Defect Warranty - Federal Vehicleo California Emission Control System War-
ranty (if applicable)o Emission Performance Warranty Federal
vehicleo Replacement Parts and Accessories Limit-
ed Warranty
NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:NOTE:Detailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inDetailed warranty information is provided inyour Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.your Hyundai Owner's Handbook.
Hyundai dealer will help answer any questionsyou may have as you read this information.
I130B02A-AAT
Uniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingUniform tire quality gradingDepartment of Transportation quality grades -All passenger vehicle tires must conform toFederal Safety Standards in addition to thesegrades. These quality grades are molded on thesidewall.
Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear -Treadwear - The tread wear grade is a com-parative rating based on the wear rate of the tirewhen tested under controlled conditions on aspecified government test course. For exam-ple, a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half(1 - 1/2) times as well on the governmentcourse as a tire graded 100. The relative perfor-mance of tires depends upon the actual condi-tions of their use, however, and may departsignificantly from the norm due to variations indriving habits, service practices and differenc-es in road characteristics and climate.
The traction grade assigned to this The traction grade assigned to this The traction grade assigned to this The traction grade assigned to this The traction grade assigned to this based on straight-ahead brakingbased on straight-ahead brakingbased on straight-ahead brakingbased on straight-ahead brakingbased on straight-ahead braking trtrtrtrtr
tests, and does not include accelertests, and does not include accelertests, and does not include accelertests, and does not include accelertests, and does not include accelercornering, hydroplaning, or peak trcornering, hydroplaning, or peak trcornering, hydroplaning, or peak trcornering, hydroplaning, or peak trcornering, hydroplaning, or peak trcharacteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.characteristics.
Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C -Temperature A, B, C - The temperature are A (the highest), B, and C, representtire's resistance to the generation of heaits ability to dissipate heat when testedcontrolled conditions on a specified indooratory test wheel. Sustained high tempecan cause the material of the tire to dege
and reduce tire life, and excessive tempecan lead to sudden tire failure. The grcorresponds to a level of performance whpassenger car tires must meet under theral Motor Vehicle Safety Standard NoGrades B and A represent higher levperformance on the laboratory test wheethe minimum required by law.
WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:WARNING:The temperature grade for this tire is eThe temperature grade for this tire is eThe temperature grade for this tire is eThe temperature grade for this tire is eThe temperature grade for this tire is elished for a tire that is properlylished for a tire that is properlylished for a tire that is properlylished for a tire that is properlylished for a tire that is properly inflateinflateinflateinflateinflate
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,not overloaded. Excessive speed,underinflation, or excessiveunderinflation, or excessiveunderinflation, or excessiveunderinflation, or excessiveunderinflation, or excessive loading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherloading, eitherseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatseparately or in combination, can cause heatbuildup and possiblebuildup and possiblebuildup and possiblebuildup and possiblebuildup and possible tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.tire failure.
I130D02A-AAT
Hyundai motor vehicles are designed and man-ufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safe-ty standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge youto read and follow all directions in this Owner'sManual, particularly the information under theheadings "NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-"NOTE", "CAUTION" and "WARN-ING".ING".ING".ING".ING".
Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region:Southern Region: Alabama, Arkansasda, Georgia, Louisiana, Mississippi, Northlina, South Carolina, Oklahoma, TennTexas.
Southern Region270 Riverside ParkwaySuite A, Austell. GA 30168(800) 633-5151
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 134/143
If, after reading this manual, you have anyquestions regarding the operation of your vehi-cle, please contact your nearest Hyundai MotorAmerica Regional Office as listed below:
Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region :Eastern Region : Connecticut, Delaware,Maine, Maryland, Massachusetts, New Hamp-shire, New Jersey, New York, Pennsylvanina,Rhode Island, Vermont, Virginia, West Virginia.
Eastern Region1100 Cranbury South River Road
Jamesburg, NJ 08831(800) 633-5151
Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region:Central Region: Illinois, Indiana, Missour
Kansas, Kentucky, Michigan, Minnesotbraska, North Dakota, South Dakota,Wisconsin.
Central Region700 No. Enterprise StreetAurora, Illinois 60504(800) 633-5151
Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region:Western Region: Alaska, Hawaii, ACalifornia, Colorado, ldaho, Montana, N
New Mexico, Oregon, Texas, Utah, Waton, Wyoming.
Western Region10550 Talbert AvenueP.O.Box 20850Fountain Valley, California 92728-08(800) 633-5151
CONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSCONSUMER INFORMATION & REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
I130C01A-AAT
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTSIf you believe that your vehicle has adefect which could cause a crash orcould cause injury or death, youshould immediately inform the Na-tional Highway Traffic Safety Admin-istration (NHTSA) in addition to noti-
To contact NHTSA, you may eithercall the Auto Safety Hotline toll-freeat 1-800-424-9393 (or 202-366-0123in Washington. D.C. area) or write to:NHTSA. U.S. Department of Trans-portation. Washington. D.C. 20590.You can also obtain other informa-tion about motor vehicle safety from
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 135/143
8-6
( )
fying HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.If NHTSA receives similar complaints,it may open an investigation, and if itfinds that a safety defect exists in agroup of vehicles, it may order arecall and remedy campaign. How-ever, NHTSA cannot become involvedin individual problems between you,your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR
AMERICA.
tion about motor vehicle safety from
the Hotline.
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
Tire Size
P175/70 R13
185/60 HR14
T105/70 D14
Overall length
O ll idth
9. VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
J010A01A-AAT
MEASUREMENT
in. (mm)
J030A03A-AAT
TIRE
Standard
Option
Spare4 DR
166.7(4,235)
65 7(1 670)
3 DR
165.4(4,200)
65 7(1 670)
Inflation Pressure
30PSI (210 kPa)
60PSI (420 kPa)
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 136/143
Overall width
Overall height (unladen)
Wheel base
Wheel tread
J020A01A-AAT
POWER STEERING
Rack and pinion
0 ~ 1.18 in (0 ~ 30 mm)
5.3 in. (134 mm)
Vane type
Liter
45
J060A01A-AAT
FUEL SYSTEM
Auto T/A
Manual T/A
MF12V, 55AH
13.5V 75A
J040A01A-AAT
ELECTRICAL
J050A01A-AAT
BRAKE
Dual hydraulic with brake boosterVentilated disc
Drum
Cable operated on rear wheel
Front
Rear
65.7(1,670)
54.9(1,395)
94.5(2,400)
56.5(1,435)
56.1(1,425)
65.7(1,670)
54.9(1,395)
94.5(2,400)
56.5(1,435)
56.1(1,425)
Type
Wheel free play
Rack stroke
Oil pump type
US. gal
11.9
Fuel tank
capacity
Imp.gal
9.9
Battery
Alternator
Starter 0.9 KW
0.7 KW
TypeFront brake type
Rear brake type
Parking brake
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
1.6 MFI (DOHC)
SPECIFICATIONS
4-Cylinder in-line OHC
800 ± 100
1.5 MFI (SOHC)
J070A03A-AAT
ENGINE
IT EMS
Engine Type
Idle Speed (RPM)
Spark plug NGK
CHAMPION
BKR5ES-11
RC10YC4
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 137/143
9 - 2
BTDC 5° ± 5°
0.039 to 0.043 in. (1.0 to 1.1 mm)
1 - 3 - 4 - 2
SH, SG or SG/CD and ABOVE multigrade and fuel-efficient oil
BTDC 9° ± 5°
Spark plug gapValve Clearance
(warm engine)
Ignition timing (Base)
Firing order
Oil grade (API)
Intake v/v
Exhaust v/v
Auto lash
Auto lash
VEHICLE SPECIFICATIONS
Engine
Transaxle Manual
J080A08A-AAT
LUBRICATION CHART
Q'ty (US.QTS)(Imp.qts, liter)
Drain and refill
Without oil filter 3.16 US.QTS (2.3 lmp.qts, 3.0
With oil filter 3.49 US.QTS (2.9 lmp.qts, 3.3 lite
2 27 US QTS (1 9 lmp qts 2 15 liter)
API SH, Hot Climate : SAE 20W-40, 20W-50 (ABOVE 32°F OR 0°C)
SG or Normal Climate : SAE 10W-30 ,10W-40, 10W-50 (ABOVE -10°F OR -23°C)
SG/CD Cold Climate : SAE 5W-30, 5W-40 (BELOW 95°F OR 35°C)
HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL 4)
Item Oil & Grease Standard
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 138/143
Transaxle Manual
Auto
Power steering
Brake fluid
Engine coolant
2.27 US.QTS (1.9 lmp.qts, 2.15 liter)
6.45 US.QTS (5.4 lmp.qts, 6.1 liter)
0.95 US.QTS (0.79 lmp.qts, 0.9 liter)
As required
6.1 US.QTS (5.1 lmp.qts, 5.8 liter)
HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4)
HYUNDAI GENUINE ATF, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK ATF SP-III
PSF-3
DOT 3, DOT 4 or Equivalent
Ethylene glycol base for aluminum radiator
* Hyundai recommends using Castrol oil or equivalent oil in your engine.
INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX
Catalytic Converter ..................................................................... 7-1
Changing a flat tire ...................................................................... 3-4
Child-Protector Rear Door Look .........................................................
Child Restraint System .............................................................. 1-13 ~
Installing a Child Restraint Seat with the
"Tether Anchorage" System ...................................................... Securing the Child Restraint Seat with the "ISOFIX" System .....
Cigarette Lighter ..................................................................................
Clock ..................................................................................................
ZK000A1-G
10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX10. INDEX
AAAAA
Air bag ....................................................................................... 1-19 ~ 1-23
Air Conditioner
Care .....................................................................................................6-12
Operation .............................................................................................1-48
Air Filter (For Evaporator and Blower Unit) ........................................ 1-49
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 139/143
Clutch
Checking fluid ..................................................................................
Pedal free play ................................................................................
Combination Light
Headlight flasher ..............................................................................
Headlight switch ...............................................................................
High-beam switch ............................................................................
Lane change signal .........................................................................
Turn signal operation ......................................................................
Cooling Fans ........................................................................................
Corrosion Protection
Cleaning the interior ........................................................................Protecting your Hyundai from corrosion .........................................
Washing and waxing .......................................................................
DDDDD
Door
Central door locking system ..........................................................
Door locks ........................................................................................
Locking, unlocking front door with a key ......................................
Drink Holder .........................................................................................
Drive Belts ................................................................................... 6-12
Air Filter (For Evaporator and Blower Unit) ........................................ 1 49
Antenna ...................................................................................................1-67Ashtray .................................................................................................. 1-33
Audio Fault Code .................................................................................. 1-64
Automatic Transaxle
overdrive switch ................................................................................. 2-7
BBBBB
Battery ................................................................................................... 6-16
Bi-Level Heating ................................................................................... 1-45
Brake
Anti-lock system ................................................................................ 2-8
Checking the brakes ........................................................................ 6-11
Fluid .................................................................................................. 6-11
Pedal clearance ............................................................................... 6-14
Pedal free play .................................................................................. 6-13
Practices ............................................................................................ 2-7
Breaking-In your new Hyundai ............................................................... 1-2
CCCCCCare of Cassette tapes ............................................................ 1-65 ~ 1-66
Care of Disk ......................................................................................... 1-65
INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX
Driving
Economical driving ............................................................................. 2-9
Smooth cornering ............................................................................... 2-9
Winter driving ..................................................................................... 2-9
EEEEE
Emissions Control Systems ................................................................... 7-1
Engine
Before starting the engine ................................................................. 2-2
Compartment (For 1 5 SOHC) 6 1
Fuel
Capacity .........................................................................................
Gauge ..............................................................................................
Recommendations .........................................................................
Fuel Filler Lid
Remote release ...............................................................................
Fuses ...................................................................................................
GGGGG
General Checks
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 140/143
10-2
Compartment (For 1.5 SOHC) ........................................................... 6-1
Compartment (For 1.6 DOHC) .......................................................... 6-2Coolant ............................................................................................... 6-5
Coolant temperature gauge ............................................................. 1-28
If the engine overheats ...................................................................... 3-2
Number .............................................................................................. 8-1
Oil ...................................................................................................... 6-3
Starting .............................................................................................. 2-3
Engine Exhaust Can Be Dangerous .................................................... 2-1
FFFFF
Fan Speed Control ............................................................................... 1-44Fog Light
Front ................................................................................................. 1-32
Front Seats
Adjustable front seats ........................................................................1-5
Adjustable headrests ......................................................................... 1-6
Adjusting seatback forward and rearward ........................................ 1-5
Adjusting seatback angle ................................................................... 1-6
Lumbar support control ...................................................................... 1-6
General Checks ...................................................................................
Glove box ............................................................................................
HHHHH
Hazard Warning System .....................................................................
Headlight Bulb ....................................................................................
Heating and Ventilation
Defrosting/Defogging ........................................................................
Rotary type ........................................................................... 1-43 ~
High-mounted rear stoplight ................................................................
Hood Release ......................................................................................
Horn .....................................................................................................
IIIII
Ignition Switch .....................................................................................
Instrument Cluster and Indicator ........................................................
Instrument Panel Light Control ...........................................................
Instruments and Controls ...................................................................
Interior Light .........................................................................................
Intermittent Wiper .................................................................................
INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX
RRRRR
Rear Seats
Fold down ........................................................................................
Rear seat entry ...............................................................................
Rear Window Defroster Switch ..........................................................
Rear Window Wiper and Washer ........................................................
Replacing Headlight Bulbs .................................................................
SSSSS
Seat Belts
JJJJJ
Jump Starting ........................................................................................ 3-2
KKKKK
Keys ....................................................................................................... 1-2
If you lose your keys .......................................................................... 3-9
Positions ............................................................................................ 2-2
MMMMM
Maintenance Intervals
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 141/143
Seat Belts
2-Point static type ...........................................................................3-Point type ......................................................................................
Adjutable height ...............................................................................
Adjusting your seat belt ........................................................ 1-12
Care of seat belts ..........................................................................
Precautions ....................................................................................
Spark Plugs .........................................................................................
Speedometer .....................................................................................
Starting Procedures .............................................................................
Steering Wheel
Free play .......................................................................................Tilt lever .........................................................................................
Stero Radio and Cassette Tape Player Operation (H240) ...... 1-54
Stereo Radio Operation (H210) ................................................. 1-52 ~
Stero Radio and Compact Disk Player Operation (H260) ....... 1-59
Stereo Sound System ............................................................... 1-50 ~
Sun Visor .............................................................................................
Sunroof ................................................................................................
Sunshade ...........................................................................................
Maintenance Intervals
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items ......................... 5-6 ~ 5-7Maintenance under severe usage conditions ................................... 5-5
Scheduled maintenance .................................................................... 5-3
Service requirements ......................................................................... 5-1
Mirros
Day-night inside rearview ................................................................. 1-38
Outside rear view ............................................................................. 1-37
Manual type ..................................................................................... 1-37
Electric type ..................................................................................... 1-37
OOOOOOdometer ............................................................................................. 1-28
PPPPP
Parking Brake ...................................................................................... 1-38
Power Steering Fluid Level ................................................................... 6-16
Pretensioner Seat Belt .............................................................. 1-18 ~ 1-19
INDEXINDEXINDEXINDEXINDEX
TTTTT
Tachometer .......................................................................................... 1-29
Theft Alarm System ............................................................................... 1-3
Tires
Balancing ........................................................................................... 8-3
Chains ................................................................................................ 8-2
Changing a flat tire ............................................................................. 3-4
If you have a flat tire .......................................................................... 3-4
Information ......................................................................................... 8-1
Pressure (see glove box) 8-1
WWWWW
Warning Lights .......................................................................... 1-26 ~
Windows
Manual .............................................................................................
Power .............................................................................................
Windshield Wiper and Washer ...........................................................
Windshield Wiper Blades ....................................................................
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 142/143
10-4
Pressure (see glove box) .................................................................. 8 1
Replacement ..................................................................................... 8-3Rotation ............................................................................................. 8-2
Snow tires .......................................................................................... 8-2
Spare tire ........................................................................................... 3-3
Traction .............................................................................................. 8-3
Towing
Emergency ....................................................................................... 3-10
If your car must be towed .................................................................. 3-7
Trailer towing .................................................................................... 2-11
Transaxle
Automatic ........................................................................................... 2-5Automatic transaxle fluid checking ................................................. 6-10
Manual ................................................................................................ 2-3
Manual transaxle oil checking ........................................................... 6-9
Trunk ................................................................................................... 1-39
Remote release ................................................................................ 1-40
VVVVV
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) ....................................................... 8-1
SERVICE STATION INFORMATIONSERVICE STATION INFORMATIONSERVICE STATION INFORMATIONSERVICE STATION INFORMATIONSERVICE STATION INFORMATION
FUEL:FUEL:FUEL:FUEL:FUEL:
UNLEADED gasoline only
Pump Octane Rating of 87 (Research Octane Number 91) or higher.
FUEL TANK CAPACITYFUEL TANK CAPACITYFUEL TANK CAPACITYFUEL TANK CAPACITYFUEL TANK CAPACITYOriginal, US.gal (Imp.gal., liter) 11.9 (9.9, 45)
MANUAL TRANSAXLE:MANUAL TRANSAXLE:MANUAL TRANSAXLE:MANUAL TRANSAXLE:MANUAL TRANSAXLE:
HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS MTF 75W/90 (API GL-4) Oil l
should be up to filler-bolt hole in housing beside differential.
AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:AUTOMATIC TRANSAXLE:Apply the parking brake, with the engine running, shift the sele
lever through all ranges and return to “N” (Neutral) position. T
7/31/2019 2002 Accent Manual
http://slidepdf.com/reader/full/2002-accent-manual 143/143
Seoul Korea
Printing: OCT. 16, 2001
Publication No.: A25O-EU
Printed in Korea
TIRE PRESSURE:TIRE PRESSURE:TIRE PRESSURE:TIRE PRESSURE:TIRE PRESSURE:See the label in the glove box.
OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:OTHER TIRE INFORMATION:See pages 8-1 through 8-5
HOOD RELEASE:HOOD RELEASE:HOOD RELEASE:HOOD RELEASE:HOOD RELEASE:Pull handle under left side of dash.
ENGINE OIL:ENGINE OIL:ENGINE OIL:ENGINE OIL:ENGINE OIL:SH, SG or SG/CD multigrade and fuel efficient oil. Use SAE 10W-
30, 10W-40 or 10W-50 if normal temperatures are above -10°F (-
23°C). For other viscosity recommendations, see page 6-3.
check the level of fluid on the dipstick. Use only HYUNDAI GENINE ATF available at your dealer, DIAMOND ATF SP-III or SK A
SP-III.
QUICK INDEXQUICK INDEXQUICK INDEXQUICK INDEXQUICK INDEXo Car will not start ....................................................................
o Flat tire .................................................................................
o Warning light/chime comes on ..................................... 1-26~
o Engine overheats ...................................................................
o Towing of your vehicle .........................................................
o Starting the engine ................................................................. o Driving tips for first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) ..........................
o Scheduled maintenance .........................................................
o Reporting safety defects .........................................................